1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 -- GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS --
9 -- Copyright (C) 1992-2010, Free Software Foundation, Inc. --
11 -- GNAT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under --
12 -- terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Soft- --
13 -- ware Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later ver- --
14 -- sion. GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- --
15 -- OUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY --
16 -- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License --
17 -- for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General --
18 -- Public License distributed with GNAT; see file COPYING3. If not, go to --
19 -- http://www.gnu.org/licenses for a complete copy of the license. --
21 -- GNAT was originally developed by the GNAT team at New York University. --
22 -- Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc. --
24 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 with Atree
; use Atree
;
27 with Checks
; use Checks
;
28 with Debug
; use Debug
;
29 with Einfo
; use Einfo
;
30 with Elists
; use Elists
;
31 with Errout
; use Errout
;
32 with Exp_Aggr
; use Exp_Aggr
;
33 with Exp_Atag
; use Exp_Atag
;
34 with Exp_Ch3
; use Exp_Ch3
;
35 with Exp_Ch6
; use Exp_Ch6
;
36 with Exp_Ch7
; use Exp_Ch7
;
37 with Exp_Ch9
; use Exp_Ch9
;
38 with Exp_Disp
; use Exp_Disp
;
39 with Exp_Fixd
; use Exp_Fixd
;
40 with Exp_Intr
; use Exp_Intr
;
41 with Exp_Pakd
; use Exp_Pakd
;
42 with Exp_Tss
; use Exp_Tss
;
43 with Exp_Util
; use Exp_Util
;
44 with Exp_VFpt
; use Exp_VFpt
;
45 with Freeze
; use Freeze
;
46 with Inline
; use Inline
;
47 with Namet
; use Namet
;
48 with Nlists
; use Nlists
;
49 with Nmake
; use Nmake
;
51 with Par_SCO
; use Par_SCO
;
52 with Restrict
; use Restrict
;
53 with Rident
; use Rident
;
54 with Rtsfind
; use Rtsfind
;
56 with Sem_Aux
; use Sem_Aux
;
57 with Sem_Cat
; use Sem_Cat
;
58 with Sem_Ch3
; use Sem_Ch3
;
59 with Sem_Ch8
; use Sem_Ch8
;
60 with Sem_Ch13
; use Sem_Ch13
;
61 with Sem_Eval
; use Sem_Eval
;
62 with Sem_Res
; use Sem_Res
;
63 with Sem_Type
; use Sem_Type
;
64 with Sem_Util
; use Sem_Util
;
65 with Sem_Warn
; use Sem_Warn
;
66 with Sinfo
; use Sinfo
;
67 with Snames
; use Snames
;
68 with Stand
; use Stand
;
69 with SCIL_LL
; use SCIL_LL
;
70 with Targparm
; use Targparm
;
71 with Tbuild
; use Tbuild
;
72 with Ttypes
; use Ttypes
;
73 with Uintp
; use Uintp
;
74 with Urealp
; use Urealp
;
75 with Validsw
; use Validsw
;
77 package body Exp_Ch4
is
79 -----------------------
80 -- Local Subprograms --
81 -----------------------
83 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
: Node_Id
);
84 pragma Inline
(Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
);
85 -- Performs validity checks for a binary operator
87 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
91 -- If a boolean array assignment can be done in place, build call to
92 -- corresponding library procedure.
94 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer
(N
: Node_Id
);
95 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Subsidiary procedure to Expand_N_Allocator and
96 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression. Allocating class-wide interface objects
97 -- this routine displaces the pointer to the allocated object to reference
98 -- the component referencing the corresponding secondary dispatch table.
100 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
);
101 -- Subsidiary to Expand_N_Allocator, for the case when the expression
102 -- is a qualified expression or an aggregate.
104 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
: Node_Id
);
105 -- This routine handles expansion of the comparison operators (N_Op_Lt,
106 -- N_Op_Le, N_Op_Gt, N_Op_Ge) when operating on an array type. The basic
107 -- code for these operators is similar, differing only in the details of
108 -- the actual comparison call that is made. Special processing (call a
111 function Expand_Array_Equality
116 Typ
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
;
117 -- Expand an array equality into a call to a function implementing this
118 -- equality, and a call to it. Loc is the location for the generated nodes.
119 -- Lhs and Rhs are the array expressions to be compared. Bodies is a list
120 -- on which to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the
121 -- process. It is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies
122 -- at the right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for the generated code.
123 -- Normally the types used for the generated equality routine are taken
124 -- from Lhs and Rhs. However, in some situations of generated code, the
125 -- Etype fields of Lhs and Rhs are not set yet. In such cases, Typ supplies
126 -- the type to be used for the formal parameters.
128 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator
(N
: Node_Id
);
129 -- Common expansion processing for Boolean operators (And, Or, Xor) for the
130 -- case of array type arguments.
132 procedure Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator
(N
: Node_Id
);
133 -- Common expansion processing for short-circuit boolean operators
135 function Expand_Composite_Equality
140 Bodies
: List_Id
) return Node_Id
;
141 -- Local recursive function used to expand equality for nested composite
142 -- types. Used by Expand_Record/Array_Equality, Bodies is a list on which
143 -- to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the process.
144 -- This is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies at the
145 -- right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for generated code. Lhs and Rhs
146 -- are the left and right sides for the comparison, and Typ is the type of
147 -- the arrays to compare.
149 procedure Expand_Concatenate
(Cnode
: Node_Id
; Opnds
: List_Id
);
150 -- Routine to expand concatenation of a sequence of two or more operands
151 -- (in the list Operands) and replace node Cnode with the result of the
152 -- concatenation. The operands can be of any appropriate type, and can
153 -- include both arrays and singleton elements.
155 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation
(N
: Node_Id
);
156 -- N is a N_Op_Divide or N_Op_Multiply node whose result is universal
157 -- fixed. We do not have such a type at runtime, so the purpose of this
158 -- routine is to find the real type by looking up the tree. We also
159 -- determine if the operation must be rounded.
161 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
164 PtrT
: Entity_Id
) return Entity_Id
;
165 -- If the designated type is controlled, build final_list expression for
166 -- created object. If context is an access parameter, create a local access
167 -- type to have a usable finalization list.
169 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
170 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): A view of an Unchecked_Union object has inferable
171 -- discriminants if it has a constrained nominal type, unless the object
172 -- is a component of an enclosing Unchecked_Union object that is subject
173 -- to a per-object constraint and the enclosing object lacks inferable
176 -- An expression of an Unchecked_Union type has inferable discriminants
177 -- if it is either a name of an object with inferable discriminants or a
178 -- qualified expression whose subtype mark denotes a constrained subtype.
180 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action
(N
: Node_Id
);
181 -- N is an expression whose type is an access. When the type of the
182 -- associated storage pool is derived from Checked_Pool, generate a
183 -- call to the 'Dereference' primitive operation.
185 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
187 Nod
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
188 -- Comparisons between arrays are expanded in line. This function produces
189 -- the body of the implementation of (a > b), where a and b are one-
190 -- dimensional arrays of some discrete type. The original node is then
191 -- expanded into the appropriate call to this function. Nod provides the
192 -- Sloc value for the generated code.
194 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
196 N
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
197 -- Boolean operations on boolean arrays are expanded in line. This function
198 -- produce the body for the node N, which is (a and b), (a or b), or (a xor
199 -- b). It is used only the normal case and not the packed case. The type
200 -- involved, Typ, is the Boolean array type, and the logical operations in
201 -- the body are simple boolean operations. Note that Typ is always a
202 -- constrained type (the caller has ensured this by using
203 -- Convert_To_Actual_Subtype if necessary).
205 procedure Rewrite_Comparison
(N
: Node_Id
);
206 -- If N is the node for a comparison whose outcome can be determined at
207 -- compile time, then the node N can be rewritten with True or False. If
208 -- the outcome cannot be determined at compile time, the call has no
209 -- effect. If N is a type conversion, then this processing is applied to
210 -- its expression. If N is neither comparison nor a type conversion, the
211 -- call has no effect.
213 procedure Tagged_Membership
215 SCIL_Node
: out Node_Id
;
216 Result
: out Node_Id
);
217 -- Construct the expression corresponding to the tagged membership test.
218 -- Deals with a second operand being (or not) a class-wide type.
220 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
223 Op2
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
224 -- In the context of an assignment, where the right-hand side is a boolean
225 -- operation on arrays, check whether operation can be performed in place.
227 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
: Node_Id
);
228 pragma Inline
(Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
);
229 -- Performs validity checks for a unary operator
231 -------------------------------
232 -- Binary_Op_Validity_Checks --
233 -------------------------------
235 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
: Node_Id
) is
237 if Validity_Checks_On
and Validity_Check_Operands
then
238 Ensure_Valid
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
239 Ensure_Valid
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
241 end Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
;
243 ------------------------------------
244 -- Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call --
245 ------------------------------------
247 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
252 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
253 Kind
: constant Node_Kind
:= Nkind
(Expression
(N
));
254 Target
: constant Node_Id
:=
255 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
257 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
);
259 Arg1
: Node_Id
:= Op1
;
260 Arg2
: Node_Id
:= Op2
;
262 Proc_Name
: Entity_Id
;
265 if Kind
= N_Op_Not
then
266 if Nkind
(Op1
) in N_Binary_Op
then
268 -- Use negated version of the binary operators
270 if Nkind
(Op1
) = N_Op_And
then
271 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Nand
);
273 elsif Nkind
(Op1
) = N_Op_Or
then
274 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Nor
);
276 else pragma Assert
(Nkind
(Op1
) = N_Op_Xor
);
277 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Xor
);
281 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
282 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Proc_Name
, Loc
),
284 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
286 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
287 Prefix
=> Left_Opnd
(Op1
),
288 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
290 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
291 Prefix
=> Right_Opnd
(Op1
),
292 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
294 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
295 Prefix
=> Left_Opnd
(Op1
),
296 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
)));
299 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Not
);
302 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
303 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Proc_Name
, Loc
),
304 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
307 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
309 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
311 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
313 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
)));
317 -- We use the following equivalences:
319 -- (not X) or (not Y) = not (X and Y) = Nand (X, Y)
320 -- (not X) and (not Y) = not (X or Y) = Nor (X, Y)
321 -- (not X) xor (not Y) = X xor Y
322 -- X xor (not Y) = not (X xor Y) = Nxor (X, Y)
324 if Nkind
(Op1
) = N_Op_Not
then
325 Arg1
:= Right_Opnd
(Op1
);
326 Arg2
:= Right_Opnd
(Op2
);
327 if Kind
= N_Op_And
then
328 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Nor
);
329 elsif Kind
= N_Op_Or
then
330 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Nand
);
332 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Xor
);
336 if Kind
= N_Op_And
then
337 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_And
);
338 elsif Kind
= N_Op_Or
then
339 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Or
);
340 elsif Nkind
(Op2
) = N_Op_Not
then
341 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Nxor
);
342 Arg2
:= Right_Opnd
(Op2
);
344 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Xor
);
349 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
350 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Proc_Name
, Loc
),
351 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
353 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
355 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
356 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
358 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
359 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
361 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
)));
364 Rewrite
(N
, Call_Node
);
368 when RE_Not_Available
=>
370 end Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
;
372 --------------------------------
373 -- Displace_Allocator_Pointer --
374 --------------------------------
376 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer
(N
: Node_Id
) is
377 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
378 Orig_Node
: constant Node_Id
:= Original_Node
(N
);
384 -- Do nothing in case of VM targets: the virtual machine will handle
385 -- interfaces directly.
387 if not Tagged_Type_Expansion
then
391 pragma Assert
(Nkind
(N
) = N_Identifier
392 and then Nkind
(Orig_Node
) = N_Allocator
);
394 PtrT
:= Etype
(Orig_Node
);
395 Dtyp
:= Available_View
(Designated_Type
(PtrT
));
396 Etyp
:= Etype
(Expression
(Orig_Node
));
398 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Dtyp
)
399 and then Is_Interface
(Dtyp
)
401 -- If the type of the allocator expression is not an interface type
402 -- we can generate code to reference the record component containing
403 -- the pointer to the secondary dispatch table.
405 if not Is_Interface
(Etyp
) then
407 Saved_Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Orig_Node
);
410 -- 1) Get access to the allocated object
413 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
418 -- 2) Add the conversion to displace the pointer to reference
419 -- the secondary dispatch table.
421 Rewrite
(N
, Convert_To
(Dtyp
, Relocate_Node
(N
)));
422 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Dtyp
);
424 -- 3) The 'access to the secondary dispatch table will be used
425 -- as the value returned by the allocator.
428 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
429 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(N
),
430 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Access
));
431 Set_Etype
(N
, Saved_Typ
);
435 -- If the type of the allocator expression is an interface type we
436 -- generate a run-time call to displace "this" to reference the
437 -- component containing the pointer to the secondary dispatch table
438 -- or else raise Constraint_Error if the actual object does not
439 -- implement the target interface. This case corresponds with the
440 -- following example:
442 -- function Op (Obj : Iface_1'Class) return access Iface_2'Class is
444 -- return new Iface_2'Class'(Obj);
449 Unchecked_Convert_To
(PtrT
,
450 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
451 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
(RE_Displace
), Loc
),
452 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
453 Unchecked_Convert_To
(RTE
(RE_Address
),
459 (Access_Disp_Table
(Etype
(Base_Type
(Dtyp
))))),
461 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
464 end Displace_Allocator_Pointer
;
466 ---------------------------------
467 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression --
468 ---------------------------------
470 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
) is
471 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
472 Exp
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(Expression
(N
));
473 PtrT
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
474 DesigT
: constant Entity_Id
:= Designated_Type
(PtrT
);
476 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
478 Built_In_Place
: Boolean := False);
479 -- Ada 2005 (AI-344): For an allocator with a class-wide designated
480 -- type, generate an accessibility check to verify that the level of the
481 -- type of the created object is not deeper than the level of the access
482 -- type. If the type of the qualified expression is class- wide, then
483 -- always generate the check (except in the case where it is known to be
484 -- unnecessary, see comment below). Otherwise, only generate the check
485 -- if the level of the qualified expression type is statically deeper
486 -- than the access type.
488 -- Although the static accessibility will generally have been performed
489 -- as a legality check, it won't have been done in cases where the
490 -- allocator appears in generic body, so a run-time check is needed in
491 -- general. One special case is when the access type is declared in the
492 -- same scope as the class-wide allocator, in which case the check can
493 -- never fail, so it need not be generated.
495 -- As an open issue, there seem to be cases where the static level
496 -- associated with the class-wide object's underlying type is not
497 -- sufficient to perform the proper accessibility check, such as for
498 -- allocators in nested subprograms or accept statements initialized by
499 -- class-wide formals when the actual originates outside at a deeper
500 -- static level. The nested subprogram case might require passing
501 -- accessibility levels along with class-wide parameters, and the task
502 -- case seems to be an actual gap in the language rules that needs to
503 -- be fixed by the ARG. ???
505 -------------------------------
506 -- Apply_Accessibility_Check --
507 -------------------------------
509 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
511 Built_In_Place
: Boolean := False)
516 -- Note: we skip the accessibility check for the VM case, since
517 -- there does not seem to be any practical way of implementing it.
519 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_2005
520 and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
521 and then Is_Class_Wide_Type
(DesigT
)
522 and then not Scope_Suppress
(Accessibility_Check
)
524 (Type_Access_Level
(Etype
(Exp
)) > Type_Access_Level
(PtrT
)
526 (Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Etype
(Exp
))
527 and then Scope
(PtrT
) /= Current_Scope
))
529 -- If the allocator was built in place Ref is already a reference
530 -- to the access object initialized to the result of the allocator
531 -- (see Exp_Ch6.Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator). Otherwise
532 -- it is the entity associated with the object containing the
533 -- address of the allocated object.
535 if Built_In_Place
then
536 Ref_Node
:= New_Copy
(Ref
);
538 Ref_Node
:= New_Reference_To
(Ref
, Loc
);
542 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
546 Build_Get_Access_Level
(Loc
,
547 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
549 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Tag
)),
551 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
552 Type_Access_Level
(PtrT
))),
553 Reason
=> PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed
));
555 end Apply_Accessibility_Check
;
559 Indic
: constant Node_Id
:= Subtype_Mark
(Expression
(N
));
560 T
: constant Entity_Id
:= Entity
(Indic
);
565 TagT
: Entity_Id
:= Empty
;
566 -- Type used as source for tag assignment
568 TagR
: Node_Id
:= Empty
;
569 -- Target reference for tag assignment
571 Aggr_In_Place
: constant Boolean := Is_Delayed_Aggregate
(Exp
);
573 Tag_Assign
: Node_Id
;
576 -- Start of processing for Expand_Allocator_Expression
579 if Is_Tagged_Type
(T
) or else Needs_Finalization
(T
) then
581 if Is_CPP_Constructor_Call
(Exp
) then
584 -- Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn
586 -- Allocate the object with no expression
588 Node
:= Relocate_Node
(N
);
589 Set_Expression
(Node
, New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Exp
), Loc
));
591 -- Avoid its expansion to avoid generating a call to the default
596 Temp
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'P', N
);
599 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
600 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
601 Constant_Present
=> True,
602 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(PtrT
, Loc
),
603 Expression
=> Node
));
605 Apply_Accessibility_Check
(Temp
);
607 -- Locate the enclosing list and insert the C++ constructor call
614 while not Is_List_Member
(P
) loop
618 Insert_List_After_And_Analyze
(P
,
619 Build_Initialization_Call
(Loc
,
621 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
622 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
)),
624 Constructor_Ref
=> Exp
));
627 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
628 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
632 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
633 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
634 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
635 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
636 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
637 -- as build-in-place.
639 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_2005
640 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call
(Exp
)
642 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator
(N
, Exp
);
643 Apply_Accessibility_Check
(N
, Built_In_Place
=> True);
647 -- Actions inserted before:
648 -- Temp : constant ptr_T := new T'(Expression);
649 -- <no CW> Temp._tag := T'tag;
650 -- <CTRL> Adjust (Finalizable (Temp.all));
651 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
653 -- We analyze by hand the new internal allocator to avoid
654 -- any recursion and inappropriate call to Initialize
656 -- We don't want to remove side effects when the expression must be
657 -- built in place. In the case of a build-in-place function call,
658 -- that could lead to a duplication of the call, which was already
659 -- substituted for the allocator.
661 if not Aggr_In_Place
then
662 Remove_Side_Effects
(Exp
);
665 Temp
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'P', N
);
667 -- For a class wide allocation generate the following code:
669 -- type Equiv_Record is record ... end record;
670 -- implicit subtype CW is <Class_Wide_Subytpe>;
671 -- temp : PtrT := new CW'(CW!(expr));
673 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(T
) then
674 Expand_Subtype_From_Expr
(Empty
, T
, Indic
, Exp
);
676 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the expression is a class-wide interface
677 -- object we generate code to move up "this" to reference the
678 -- base of the object before allocating the new object.
680 -- Note that Exp'Address is recursively expanded into a call
681 -- to Base_Address (Exp.Tag)
683 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Etype
(Exp
))
684 and then Is_Interface
(Etype
(Exp
))
685 and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
689 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Entity
(Indic
),
690 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
691 Unchecked_Convert_To
(RTE
(RE_Tag_Ptr
),
692 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
694 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
)))));
699 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Entity
(Indic
), Exp
));
702 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Expression
(N
), Entity
(Indic
));
705 -- Keep separate the management of allocators returning interfaces
707 if not Is_Interface
(Directly_Designated_Type
(PtrT
)) then
708 if Aggr_In_Place
then
710 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
711 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
712 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(PtrT
, Loc
),
715 New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Exp
), Loc
)));
717 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
718 -- built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
719 -- the original allocator node. This is for proper handling of
720 -- restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
722 Set_Comes_From_Source
723 (Expression
(Tmp_Node
), Comes_From_Source
(N
));
725 Set_No_Initialization
(Expression
(Tmp_Node
));
726 Insert_Action
(N
, Tmp_Node
);
728 if Needs_Finalization
(T
)
729 and then Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
731 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
733 Flist
:= Get_Allocator_Final_List
(N
, Base_Type
(T
), PtrT
);
736 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator
(N
, Tmp_Node
, Exp
);
739 Node
:= Relocate_Node
(N
);
742 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
743 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
744 Constant_Present
=> True,
745 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(PtrT
, Loc
),
746 Expression
=> Node
));
749 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle allocators whose designated type is an
750 -- interface type. In this case we use the type of the qualified
751 -- expression to allocate the object.
755 Def_Id
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'T');
760 Make_Full_Type_Declaration
(Loc
,
761 Defining_Identifier
=> Def_Id
,
763 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition
(Loc
,
765 Null_Exclusion_Present
=> False,
766 Constant_Present
=> False,
767 Subtype_Indication
=>
768 New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Exp
), Loc
)));
770 Insert_Action
(N
, New_Decl
);
772 -- Inherit the final chain to ensure that the expansion of the
773 -- aggregate is correct in case of controlled types
775 if Needs_Finalization
(Directly_Designated_Type
(PtrT
)) then
776 Set_Associated_Final_Chain
(Def_Id
,
777 Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
));
780 -- Declare the object using the previous type declaration
782 if Aggr_In_Place
then
784 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
785 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
786 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Def_Id
, Loc
),
789 New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Exp
), Loc
)));
791 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
792 -- built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
793 -- the original allocator node. This is for proper handling
794 -- of restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
796 Set_Comes_From_Source
797 (Expression
(Tmp_Node
), Comes_From_Source
(N
));
799 Set_No_Initialization
(Expression
(Tmp_Node
));
800 Insert_Action
(N
, Tmp_Node
);
802 if Needs_Finalization
(T
)
803 and then Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
805 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
808 Get_Allocator_Final_List
(N
, Base_Type
(T
), PtrT
);
811 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator
(N
, Tmp_Node
, Exp
);
813 Node
:= Relocate_Node
(N
);
816 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
817 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
818 Constant_Present
=> True,
819 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Def_Id
, Loc
),
820 Expression
=> Node
));
823 -- Generate an additional object containing the address of the
824 -- returned object. The type of this second object declaration
825 -- is the correct type required for the common processing that
826 -- is still performed by this subprogram. The displacement of
827 -- this pointer to reference the component associated with the
828 -- interface type will be done at the end of common processing.
831 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
832 Defining_Identifier
=> Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'P'),
833 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(PtrT
, Loc
),
834 Expression
=> Unchecked_Convert_To
(PtrT
,
835 New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
)));
837 Insert_Action
(N
, New_Decl
);
839 Tmp_Node
:= New_Decl
;
840 Temp
:= Defining_Identifier
(New_Decl
);
844 Apply_Accessibility_Check
(Temp
);
846 -- Generate the tag assignment
848 -- Suppress the tag assignment when VM_Target because VM tags are
849 -- represented implicitly in objects.
851 if not Tagged_Type_Expansion
then
854 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Suppress the tag assignment with class-wide
855 -- interface objects because in this case the tag does not change.
857 elsif Is_Interface
(Directly_Designated_Type
(Etype
(N
))) then
858 pragma Assert
(Is_Class_Wide_Type
859 (Directly_Designated_Type
(Etype
(N
))));
862 elsif Is_Tagged_Type
(T
) and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type
(T
) then
864 TagR
:= New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
);
866 elsif Is_Private_Type
(T
)
867 and then Is_Tagged_Type
(Underlying_Type
(T
))
869 TagT
:= Underlying_Type
(T
);
871 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Underlying_Type
(T
),
872 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
873 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
)));
876 if Present
(TagT
) then
878 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
880 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
883 New_Reference_To
(First_Tag_Component
(TagT
), Loc
)),
886 Unchecked_Convert_To
(RTE
(RE_Tag
),
888 (Elists
.Node
(First_Elmt
(Access_Disp_Table
(TagT
))),
891 -- The previous assignment has to be done in any case
893 Set_Assignment_OK
(Name
(Tag_Assign
));
894 Insert_Action
(N
, Tag_Assign
);
897 if Needs_Finalization
(DesigT
)
898 and then Needs_Finalization
(T
)
902 Apool
: constant Entity_Id
:=
903 Associated_Storage_Pool
(PtrT
);
906 -- If it is an allocation on the secondary stack (i.e. a value
907 -- returned from a function), the object is attached on the
908 -- caller side as soon as the call is completed (see
909 -- Expand_Ctrl_Function_Call)
911 if Is_RTE
(Apool
, RE_SS_Pool
) then
913 F
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'F');
916 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
917 Defining_Identifier
=> F
,
919 New_Reference_To
(RTE
(RE_Finalizable_Ptr
), Loc
)));
920 Flist
:= New_Reference_To
(F
, Loc
);
921 Attach
:= Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 1);
924 -- Normal case, not a secondary stack allocation
927 if Needs_Finalization
(T
)
928 and then Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
930 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
933 Get_Allocator_Final_List
(N
, Base_Type
(T
), PtrT
);
935 Flist
:= Find_Final_List
(PtrT
);
938 Attach
:= Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 2);
941 -- Generate an Adjust call if the object will be moved. In Ada
942 -- 2005, the object may be inherently limited, in which case
943 -- there is no Adjust procedure, and the object is built in
944 -- place. In Ada 95, the object can be limited but not
945 -- inherently limited if this allocator came from a return
946 -- statement (we're allocating the result on the secondary
947 -- stack). In that case, the object will be moved, so we _do_
951 and then not Is_Immutably_Limited_Type
(T
)
957 -- An unchecked conversion is needed in the classwide
958 -- case because the designated type can be an ancestor of
959 -- the subtype mark of the allocator.
961 Unchecked_Convert_To
(T
,
962 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
963 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
))),
967 With_Attach
=> Attach
,
973 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
974 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
976 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Displace the pointer to reference the record
977 -- component containing the secondary dispatch table of the interface
980 if Is_Interface
(Directly_Designated_Type
(PtrT
)) then
981 Displace_Allocator_Pointer
(N
);
984 elsif Aggr_In_Place
then
985 Temp
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'P', N
);
987 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
988 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
989 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(PtrT
, Loc
),
990 Expression
=> Make_Allocator
(Loc
,
991 New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Exp
), Loc
)));
993 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just built,
994 -- since logically this allocator is a replacement of the original
995 -- allocator node. This is for proper handling of restriction
996 -- No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
998 Set_Comes_From_Source
999 (Expression
(Tmp_Node
), Comes_From_Source
(N
));
1001 Set_No_Initialization
(Expression
(Tmp_Node
));
1002 Insert_Action
(N
, Tmp_Node
);
1003 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator
(N
, Tmp_Node
, Exp
);
1004 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
1005 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
1007 elsif Is_Access_Type
(T
)
1008 and then Can_Never_Be_Null
(T
)
1010 Install_Null_Excluding_Check
(Exp
);
1012 elsif Is_Access_Type
(DesigT
)
1013 and then Nkind
(Exp
) = N_Allocator
1014 and then Nkind
(Expression
(Exp
)) /= N_Qualified_Expression
1016 -- Apply constraint to designated subtype indication
1018 Apply_Constraint_Check
(Expression
(Exp
),
1019 Designated_Type
(DesigT
),
1020 No_Sliding
=> True);
1022 if Nkind
(Expression
(Exp
)) = N_Raise_Constraint_Error
then
1024 -- Propagate constraint_error to enclosing allocator
1026 Rewrite
(Exp
, New_Copy
(Expression
(Exp
)));
1030 -- type A is access T1;
1031 -- X : A := new T2'(...);
1032 -- T1 and T2 can be different subtypes, and we might need to check
1033 -- both constraints. First check against the type of the qualified
1036 Apply_Constraint_Check
(Exp
, T
, No_Sliding
=> True);
1038 if Do_Range_Check
(Exp
) then
1039 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Exp
, False);
1040 Generate_Range_Check
(Exp
, DesigT
, CE_Range_Check_Failed
);
1043 -- A check is also needed in cases where the designated subtype is
1044 -- constrained and differs from the subtype given in the qualified
1045 -- expression. Note that the check on the qualified expression does
1046 -- not allow sliding, but this check does (a relaxation from Ada 83).
1048 if Is_Constrained
(DesigT
)
1049 and then not Subtypes_Statically_Match
(T
, DesigT
)
1051 Apply_Constraint_Check
1052 (Exp
, DesigT
, No_Sliding
=> False);
1054 if Do_Range_Check
(Exp
) then
1055 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Exp
, False);
1056 Generate_Range_Check
(Exp
, DesigT
, CE_Range_Check_Failed
);
1060 -- For an access to unconstrained packed array, GIGI needs to see an
1061 -- expression with a constrained subtype in order to compute the
1062 -- proper size for the allocator.
1064 if Is_Array_Type
(T
)
1065 and then not Is_Constrained
(T
)
1066 and then Is_Packed
(T
)
1069 ConstrT
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'A');
1070 Internal_Exp
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Exp
);
1073 Make_Subtype_Declaration
(Loc
,
1074 Defining_Identifier
=> ConstrT
,
1075 Subtype_Indication
=>
1076 Make_Subtype_From_Expr
(Exp
, T
)));
1077 Freeze_Itype
(ConstrT
, Exp
);
1078 Rewrite
(Exp
, OK_Convert_To
(ConstrT
, Internal_Exp
));
1082 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
1083 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
1084 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
1085 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
1086 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
1087 -- as build-in-place.
1089 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_2005
1090 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call
(Exp
)
1092 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator
(N
, Exp
);
1097 when RE_Not_Available
=>
1099 end Expand_Allocator_Expression
;
1101 -----------------------------
1102 -- Expand_Array_Comparison --
1103 -----------------------------
1105 -- Expansion is only required in the case of array types. For the unpacked
1106 -- case, an appropriate runtime routine is called. For packed cases, and
1107 -- also in some other cases where a runtime routine cannot be called, the
1108 -- form of the expansion is:
1110 -- [body for greater_nn; boolean_expression]
1112 -- The body is built by Make_Array_Comparison_Op, and the form of the
1113 -- Boolean expression depends on the operator involved.
1115 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
: Node_Id
) is
1116 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
1117 Op1
: Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
1118 Op2
: Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
1119 Typ1
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Op1
));
1120 Ctyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Component_Type
(Typ1
);
1123 Func_Body
: Node_Id
;
1124 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
1128 Byte_Addressable
: constant Boolean := System_Storage_Unit
= Byte
'Size;
1129 -- True for byte addressable target
1131 function Length_Less_Than_4
(Opnd
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
1132 -- Returns True if the length of the given operand is known to be less
1133 -- than 4. Returns False if this length is known to be four or greater
1134 -- or is not known at compile time.
1136 ------------------------
1137 -- Length_Less_Than_4 --
1138 ------------------------
1140 function Length_Less_Than_4
(Opnd
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
1141 Otyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Opnd
);
1144 if Ekind
(Otyp
) = E_String_Literal_Subtype
then
1145 return String_Literal_Length
(Otyp
) < 4;
1149 Ityp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(First_Index
(Otyp
));
1150 Lo
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_Low_Bound
(Ityp
);
1151 Hi
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_High_Bound
(Ityp
);
1156 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lo
) then
1157 Lov
:= Expr_Value
(Lo
);
1162 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Hi
) then
1163 Hiv
:= Expr_Value
(Hi
);
1168 return Hiv
< Lov
+ 3;
1171 end Length_Less_Than_4
;
1173 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Comparison
1176 -- Deal first with unpacked case, where we can call a runtime routine
1177 -- except that we avoid this for targets for which are not addressable
1178 -- by bytes, and for the JVM/CIL, since they do not support direct
1179 -- addressing of array components.
1181 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array
(Typ1
)
1182 and then Byte_Addressable
1183 and then VM_Target
= No_VM
1185 -- The call we generate is:
1187 -- Compare_Array_xn[_Unaligned]
1188 -- (left'address, right'address, left'length, right'length) <op> 0
1190 -- x = U for unsigned, S for signed
1191 -- n = 8,16,32,64 for component size
1192 -- Add _Unaligned if length < 4 and component size is 8.
1193 -- <op> is the standard comparison operator
1195 if Component_Size
(Typ1
) = 8 then
1196 if Length_Less_Than_4
(Op1
)
1198 Length_Less_Than_4
(Op2
)
1200 if Is_Unsigned_Type
(Ctyp
) then
1201 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_U8_Unaligned
;
1203 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_S8_Unaligned
;
1207 if Is_Unsigned_Type
(Ctyp
) then
1208 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_U8
;
1210 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_S8
;
1214 elsif Component_Size
(Typ1
) = 16 then
1215 if Is_Unsigned_Type
(Ctyp
) then
1216 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_U16
;
1218 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_S16
;
1221 elsif Component_Size
(Typ1
) = 32 then
1222 if Is_Unsigned_Type
(Ctyp
) then
1223 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_U32
;
1225 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_S32
;
1228 else pragma Assert
(Component_Size
(Typ1
) = 64);
1229 if Is_Unsigned_Type
(Ctyp
) then
1230 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_U64
;
1232 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_S64
;
1236 Remove_Side_Effects
(Op1
, Name_Req
=> True);
1237 Remove_Side_Effects
(Op2
, Name_Req
=> True);
1240 Make_Function_Call
(Sloc
(Op1
),
1241 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(RTE
(Comp
), Loc
),
1243 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
1244 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1245 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Op1
),
1246 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
1248 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1249 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Op2
),
1250 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
1252 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1253 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Op1
),
1254 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
),
1256 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1257 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Op2
),
1258 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
))));
1261 Make_Integer_Literal
(Sloc
(Op2
),
1264 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Op1
, Standard_Integer
);
1265 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Op2
, Standard_Integer
);
1269 -- Cases where we cannot make runtime call
1271 -- For (a <= b) we convert to not (a > b)
1273 if Chars
(N
) = Name_Op_Le
then
1279 Right_Opnd
=> Op2
)));
1280 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
1283 -- For < the Boolean expression is
1284 -- greater__nn (op2, op1)
1286 elsif Chars
(N
) = Name_Op_Lt
then
1287 Func_Body
:= Make_Array_Comparison_Op
(Typ1
, N
);
1291 Op1
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
1292 Op2
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
1294 -- For (a >= b) we convert to not (a < b)
1296 elsif Chars
(N
) = Name_Op_Ge
then
1302 Right_Opnd
=> Op2
)));
1303 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
1306 -- For > the Boolean expression is
1307 -- greater__nn (op1, op2)
1310 pragma Assert
(Chars
(N
) = Name_Op_Gt
);
1311 Func_Body
:= Make_Array_Comparison_Op
(Typ1
, N
);
1314 Func_Name
:= Defining_Unit_Name
(Specification
(Func_Body
));
1316 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
1317 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Func_Name
, Loc
),
1318 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(Op1
, Op2
));
1320 Insert_Action
(N
, Func_Body
);
1322 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
1325 when RE_Not_Available
=>
1327 end Expand_Array_Comparison
;
1329 ---------------------------
1330 -- Expand_Array_Equality --
1331 ---------------------------
1333 -- Expand an equality function for multi-dimensional arrays. Here is an
1334 -- example of such a function for Nb_Dimension = 2
1336 -- function Enn (A : atyp; B : btyp) return boolean is
1338 -- if (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0)
1340 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0)
1342 -- return True; -- RM 4.5.2(22)
1345 -- if A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1347 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1349 -- return False; -- RM 4.5.2(23)
1353 -- A1 : Index_T1 := A'first (1);
1354 -- B1 : Index_T1 := B'first (1);
1358 -- A2 : Index_T2 := A'first (2);
1359 -- B2 : Index_T2 := B'first (2);
1362 -- if A (A1, A2) /= B (B1, B2) then
1366 -- exit when A2 = A'last (2);
1367 -- A2 := Index_T2'succ (A2);
1368 -- B2 := Index_T2'succ (B2);
1372 -- exit when A1 = A'last (1);
1373 -- A1 := Index_T1'succ (A1);
1374 -- B1 := Index_T1'succ (B1);
1381 -- Note on the formal types used (atyp and btyp). If either of the arrays
1382 -- is of a private type, we use the underlying type, and do an unchecked
1383 -- conversion of the actual. If either of the arrays has a bound depending
1384 -- on a discriminant, then we use the base type since otherwise we have an
1385 -- escaped discriminant in the function.
1387 -- If both arrays are constrained and have the same bounds, we can generate
1388 -- a loop with an explicit iteration scheme using a 'Range attribute over
1391 function Expand_Array_Equality
1396 Typ
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
1398 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Nod
);
1399 Decls
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
1400 Index_List1
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
1401 Index_List2
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
1405 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
1406 Func_Body
: Node_Id
;
1408 A
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uA
);
1409 B
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uB
);
1413 -- The parameter types to be used for the formals
1418 Num
: Int
) return Node_Id
;
1419 -- This builds the attribute reference Arr'Nam (Expr)
1421 function Component_Equality
(Typ
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
;
1422 -- Create one statement to compare corresponding components, designated
1423 -- by a full set of indexes.
1425 function Get_Arg_Type
(N
: Node_Id
) return Entity_Id
;
1426 -- Given one of the arguments, computes the appropriate type to be used
1427 -- for that argument in the corresponding function formal
1429 function Handle_One_Dimension
1431 Index
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
1432 -- This procedure returns the following code
1435 -- Bn : Index_T := B'First (N);
1439 -- exit when An = A'Last (N);
1440 -- An := Index_T'Succ (An)
1441 -- Bn := Index_T'Succ (Bn)
1445 -- If both indexes are constrained and identical, the procedure
1446 -- returns a simpler loop:
1448 -- for An in A'Range (N) loop
1452 -- N is the dimension for which we are generating a loop. Index is the
1453 -- N'th index node, whose Etype is Index_Type_n in the above code. The
1454 -- xxx statement is either the loop or declare for the next dimension
1455 -- or if this is the last dimension the comparison of corresponding
1456 -- components of the arrays.
1458 -- The actual way the code works is to return the comparison of
1459 -- corresponding components for the N+1 call. That's neater!
1461 function Test_Empty_Arrays
return Node_Id
;
1462 -- This function constructs the test for both arrays being empty
1463 -- (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1465 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1467 function Test_Lengths_Correspond
return Node_Id
;
1468 -- This function constructs the test for arrays having different lengths
1469 -- in at least one index position, in which case the resulting code is:
1471 -- A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1473 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1484 Num
: Int
) return Node_Id
1488 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1489 Attribute_Name
=> Nam
,
1490 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Arr
, Loc
),
1491 Expressions
=> New_List
(Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Num
)));
1494 ------------------------
1495 -- Component_Equality --
1496 ------------------------
1498 function Component_Equality
(Typ
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
is
1503 -- if a(i1...) /= b(j1...) then return false; end if;
1506 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
1507 Prefix
=> Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(A
)),
1508 Expressions
=> Index_List1
);
1511 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
1512 Prefix
=> Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(B
)),
1513 Expressions
=> Index_List2
);
1515 Test
:= Expand_Composite_Equality
1516 (Nod
, Component_Type
(Typ
), L
, R
, Decls
);
1518 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole operation
1519 -- will raise program error.
1521 if Nkind
(Test
) = N_Raise_Program_Error
then
1523 -- This node is going to be inserted at a location where a
1524 -- statement is expected: clear its Etype so analysis will set
1525 -- it to the expected Standard_Void_Type.
1527 Set_Etype
(Test
, Empty
);
1532 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
1533 Condition
=> Make_Op_Not
(Loc
, Right_Opnd
=> Test
),
1534 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
1535 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
1536 Expression
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
))));
1538 end Component_Equality
;
1544 function Get_Arg_Type
(N
: Node_Id
) return Entity_Id
is
1555 T
:= Underlying_Type
(T
);
1557 X
:= First_Index
(T
);
1558 while Present
(X
) loop
1559 if Denotes_Discriminant
(Type_Low_Bound
(Etype
(X
)))
1561 Denotes_Discriminant
(Type_High_Bound
(Etype
(X
)))
1574 --------------------------
1575 -- Handle_One_Dimension --
1576 ---------------------------
1578 function Handle_One_Dimension
1580 Index
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
1582 Need_Separate_Indexes
: constant Boolean :=
1584 or else not Is_Constrained
(Ltyp
);
1585 -- If the index types are identical, and we are working with
1586 -- constrained types, then we can use the same index for both
1589 An
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'A');
1592 Index_T
: Entity_Id
;
1597 if N
> Number_Dimensions
(Ltyp
) then
1598 return Component_Equality
(Ltyp
);
1601 -- Case where we generate a loop
1603 Index_T
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Index
));
1605 if Need_Separate_Indexes
then
1606 Bn
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'B');
1611 Append
(New_Reference_To
(An
, Loc
), Index_List1
);
1612 Append
(New_Reference_To
(Bn
, Loc
), Index_List2
);
1614 Stm_List
:= New_List
(
1615 Handle_One_Dimension
(N
+ 1, Next_Index
(Index
)));
1617 if Need_Separate_Indexes
then
1619 -- Generate guard for loop, followed by increments of indexes
1621 Append_To
(Stm_List
,
1622 Make_Exit_Statement
(Loc
,
1625 Left_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(An
, Loc
),
1626 Right_Opnd
=> Arr_Attr
(A
, Name_Last
, N
))));
1628 Append_To
(Stm_List
,
1629 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
1630 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(An
, Loc
),
1632 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1633 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Index_T
, Loc
),
1634 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Succ
,
1635 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(An
, Loc
)))));
1637 Append_To
(Stm_List
,
1638 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
1639 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Bn
, Loc
),
1641 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1642 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Index_T
, Loc
),
1643 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Succ
,
1644 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(Bn
, Loc
)))));
1647 -- If separate indexes, we need a declare block for An and Bn, and a
1648 -- loop without an iteration scheme.
1650 if Need_Separate_Indexes
then
1652 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement
(Nod
, Statements
=> Stm_List
);
1655 Make_Block_Statement
(Loc
,
1656 Declarations
=> New_List
(
1657 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
1658 Defining_Identifier
=> An
,
1659 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Index_T
, Loc
),
1660 Expression
=> Arr_Attr
(A
, Name_First
, N
)),
1662 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
1663 Defining_Identifier
=> Bn
,
1664 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Index_T
, Loc
),
1665 Expression
=> Arr_Attr
(B
, Name_First
, N
))),
1667 Handled_Statement_Sequence
=>
1668 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements
(Loc
,
1669 Statements
=> New_List
(Loop_Stm
)));
1671 -- If no separate indexes, return loop statement with explicit
1672 -- iteration scheme on its own
1676 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement
(Nod
,
1677 Statements
=> Stm_List
,
1679 Make_Iteration_Scheme
(Loc
,
1680 Loop_Parameter_Specification
=>
1681 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
1682 Defining_Identifier
=> An
,
1683 Discrete_Subtype_Definition
=>
1684 Arr_Attr
(A
, Name_Range
, N
))));
1687 end Handle_One_Dimension
;
1689 -----------------------
1690 -- Test_Empty_Arrays --
1691 -----------------------
1693 function Test_Empty_Arrays
return Node_Id
is
1703 for J
in 1 .. Number_Dimensions
(Ltyp
) loop
1706 Left_Opnd
=> Arr_Attr
(A
, Name_Length
, J
),
1707 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0));
1711 Left_Opnd
=> Arr_Attr
(B
, Name_Length
, J
),
1712 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0));
1721 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Alist
),
1722 Right_Opnd
=> Atest
);
1726 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Blist
),
1727 Right_Opnd
=> Btest
);
1734 Right_Opnd
=> Blist
);
1735 end Test_Empty_Arrays
;
1737 -----------------------------
1738 -- Test_Lengths_Correspond --
1739 -----------------------------
1741 function Test_Lengths_Correspond
return Node_Id
is
1747 for J
in 1 .. Number_Dimensions
(Ltyp
) loop
1750 Left_Opnd
=> Arr_Attr
(A
, Name_Length
, J
),
1751 Right_Opnd
=> Arr_Attr
(B
, Name_Length
, J
));
1758 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Result
),
1759 Right_Opnd
=> Rtest
);
1764 end Test_Lengths_Correspond
;
1766 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Equality
1769 Ltyp
:= Get_Arg_Type
(Lhs
);
1770 Rtyp
:= Get_Arg_Type
(Rhs
);
1772 -- For now, if the argument types are not the same, go to the base type,
1773 -- since the code assumes that the formals have the same type. This is
1774 -- fixable in future ???
1776 if Ltyp
/= Rtyp
then
1777 Ltyp
:= Base_Type
(Ltyp
);
1778 Rtyp
:= Base_Type
(Rtyp
);
1779 pragma Assert
(Ltyp
= Rtyp
);
1782 -- Build list of formals for function
1784 Formals
:= New_List
(
1785 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
1786 Defining_Identifier
=> A
,
1787 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Ltyp
, Loc
)),
1789 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
1790 Defining_Identifier
=> B
,
1791 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Rtyp
, Loc
)));
1793 Func_Name
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'E');
1795 -- Build statement sequence for function
1798 Make_Subprogram_Body
(Loc
,
1800 Make_Function_Specification
(Loc
,
1801 Defining_Unit_Name
=> Func_Name
,
1802 Parameter_Specifications
=> Formals
,
1803 Result_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_Boolean
, Loc
)),
1805 Declarations
=> Decls
,
1807 Handled_Statement_Sequence
=>
1808 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements
(Loc
,
1809 Statements
=> New_List
(
1811 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
1812 Condition
=> Test_Empty_Arrays
,
1813 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
1814 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
1816 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_True
, Loc
)))),
1818 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
1819 Condition
=> Test_Lengths_Correspond
,
1820 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
1821 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
1823 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
)))),
1825 Handle_One_Dimension
(1, First_Index
(Ltyp
)),
1827 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
1828 Expression
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_True
, Loc
)))));
1830 Set_Has_Completion
(Func_Name
, True);
1831 Set_Is_Inlined
(Func_Name
);
1833 -- If the array type is distinct from the type of the arguments, it
1834 -- is the full view of a private type. Apply an unchecked conversion
1835 -- to insure that analysis of the call succeeds.
1845 or else Base_Type
(Etype
(Lhs
)) /= Base_Type
(Ltyp
)
1847 L
:= OK_Convert_To
(Ltyp
, Lhs
);
1851 or else Base_Type
(Etype
(Rhs
)) /= Base_Type
(Rtyp
)
1853 R
:= OK_Convert_To
(Rtyp
, Rhs
);
1856 Actuals
:= New_List
(L
, R
);
1859 Append_To
(Bodies
, Func_Body
);
1862 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
1863 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Func_Name
, Loc
),
1864 Parameter_Associations
=> Actuals
);
1865 end Expand_Array_Equality
;
1867 -----------------------------
1868 -- Expand_Boolean_Operator --
1869 -----------------------------
1871 -- Note that we first get the actual subtypes of the operands, since we
1872 -- always want to deal with types that have bounds.
1874 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator
(N
: Node_Id
) is
1875 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
1878 -- Special case of bit packed array where both operands are known to be
1879 -- properly aligned. In this case we use an efficient run time routine
1880 -- to carry out the operation (see System.Bit_Ops).
1882 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array
(Typ
)
1883 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Left_Opnd
(N
))
1884 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Right_Opnd
(N
))
1886 Expand_Packed_Boolean_Operator
(N
);
1890 -- For the normal non-packed case, the general expansion is to build
1891 -- function for carrying out the comparison (use Make_Boolean_Array_Op)
1892 -- and then inserting it into the tree. The original operator node is
1893 -- then rewritten as a call to this function. We also use this in the
1894 -- packed case if either operand is a possibly unaligned object.
1897 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
1898 L
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
1899 R
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
1900 Func_Body
: Node_Id
;
1901 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
1904 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype
(L
);
1905 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype
(R
);
1906 Ensure_Defined
(Etype
(L
), N
);
1907 Ensure_Defined
(Etype
(R
), N
);
1908 Apply_Length_Check
(R
, Etype
(L
));
1910 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Op_Xor
then
1911 Silly_Boolean_Array_Xor_Test
(N
, Etype
(L
));
1914 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
1915 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
(Name
(Parent
(N
)), L
, R
)
1917 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
(Parent
(N
), L
, R
);
1919 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Op_Not
1920 and then Nkind
(N
) = N_Op_And
1922 Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
(Name
(Parent
(Parent
(N
))), L
, R
)
1927 Func_Body
:= Make_Boolean_Array_Op
(Etype
(L
), N
);
1928 Func_Name
:= Defining_Unit_Name
(Specification
(Func_Body
));
1929 Insert_Action
(N
, Func_Body
);
1931 -- Now rewrite the expression with a call
1934 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
1935 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Func_Name
, Loc
),
1936 Parameter_Associations
=>
1939 Make_Type_Conversion
1940 (Loc
, New_Reference_To
(Etype
(L
), Loc
), R
))));
1942 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
1945 end Expand_Boolean_Operator
;
1947 -------------------------------
1948 -- Expand_Composite_Equality --
1949 -------------------------------
1951 -- This function is only called for comparing internal fields of composite
1952 -- types when these fields are themselves composites. This is a special
1953 -- case because it is not possible to respect normal Ada visibility rules.
1955 function Expand_Composite_Equality
1960 Bodies
: List_Id
) return Node_Id
1962 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Nod
);
1963 Full_Type
: Entity_Id
;
1968 if Is_Private_Type
(Typ
) then
1969 Full_Type
:= Underlying_Type
(Typ
);
1974 -- Defense against malformed private types with no completion the error
1975 -- will be diagnosed later by check_completion
1977 if No
(Full_Type
) then
1978 return New_Reference_To
(Standard_False
, Loc
);
1981 Full_Type
:= Base_Type
(Full_Type
);
1983 if Is_Array_Type
(Full_Type
) then
1985 -- If the operand is an elementary type other than a floating-point
1986 -- type, then we can simply use the built-in block bitwise equality,
1987 -- since the predefined equality operators always apply and bitwise
1988 -- equality is fine for all these cases.
1990 if Is_Elementary_Type
(Component_Type
(Full_Type
))
1991 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Component_Type
(Full_Type
))
1993 return Make_Op_Eq
(Loc
, Left_Opnd
=> Lhs
, Right_Opnd
=> Rhs
);
1995 -- For composite component types, and floating-point types, use the
1996 -- expansion. This deals with tagged component types (where we use
1997 -- the applicable equality routine) and floating-point, (where we
1998 -- need to worry about negative zeroes), and also the case of any
1999 -- composite type recursively containing such fields.
2002 return Expand_Array_Equality
(Nod
, Lhs
, Rhs
, Bodies
, Full_Type
);
2005 elsif Is_Tagged_Type
(Full_Type
) then
2007 -- Call the primitive operation "=" of this type
2009 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Full_Type
) then
2010 Full_Type
:= Root_Type
(Full_Type
);
2013 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with a
2014 -- tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the primitive
2015 -- operations of the private type. This check should no longer be
2016 -- necessary when these types receive their full views ???
2018 if Is_Private_Type
(Typ
)
2019 and then not Is_Tagged_Type
(Typ
)
2020 and then not Is_Controlled
(Typ
)
2021 and then Is_Derived_Type
(Typ
)
2022 and then No
(Full_View
(Typ
))
2024 Prim
:= First_Elmt
(Collect_Primitive_Operations
(Typ
));
2026 Prim
:= First_Elmt
(Primitive_Operations
(Full_Type
));
2030 Eq_Op
:= Node
(Prim
);
2031 exit when Chars
(Eq_Op
) = Name_Op_Eq
2032 and then Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
)) =
2033 Etype
(Next_Formal
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
)))
2034 and then Base_Type
(Etype
(Eq_Op
)) = Standard_Boolean
;
2036 pragma Assert
(Present
(Prim
));
2039 Eq_Op
:= Node
(Prim
);
2042 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
2043 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq_Op
, Loc
),
2044 Parameter_Associations
=>
2046 (Unchecked_Convert_To
(Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
)), Lhs
),
2047 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
)), Rhs
)));
2049 elsif Is_Record_Type
(Full_Type
) then
2050 Eq_Op
:= TSS
(Full_Type
, TSS_Composite_Equality
);
2052 if Present
(Eq_Op
) then
2053 if Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
)) /= Full_Type
then
2055 -- Inherited equality from parent type. Convert the actuals to
2056 -- match signature of operation.
2059 T
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
));
2063 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
2064 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq_Op
, Loc
),
2065 Parameter_Associations
=>
2066 New_List
(OK_Convert_To
(T
, Lhs
),
2067 OK_Convert_To
(T
, Rhs
)));
2071 -- Comparison between Unchecked_Union components
2073 if Is_Unchecked_Union
(Full_Type
) then
2075 Lhs_Type
: Node_Id
:= Full_Type
;
2076 Rhs_Type
: Node_Id
:= Full_Type
;
2077 Lhs_Discr_Val
: Node_Id
;
2078 Rhs_Discr_Val
: Node_Id
;
2083 if Nkind
(Lhs
) = N_Selected_Component
then
2084 Lhs_Type
:= Etype
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(Lhs
)));
2089 if Nkind
(Rhs
) = N_Selected_Component
then
2090 Rhs_Type
:= Etype
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(Rhs
)));
2093 -- Lhs of the composite equality
2095 if Is_Constrained
(Lhs_Type
) then
2097 -- Since the enclosing record type can never be an
2098 -- Unchecked_Union (this code is executed for records
2099 -- that do not have variants), we may reference its
2102 if Nkind
(Lhs
) = N_Selected_Component
2103 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
(
2104 Entity
(Selector_Name
(Lhs
)))
2107 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
2108 Prefix
=> Prefix
(Lhs
),
2111 Get_Discriminant_Value
(
2112 First_Discriminant
(Lhs_Type
),
2114 Stored_Constraint
(Lhs_Type
))));
2117 Lhs_Discr_Val
:= New_Copy
(
2118 Get_Discriminant_Value
(
2119 First_Discriminant
(Lhs_Type
),
2121 Stored_Constraint
(Lhs_Type
)));
2125 -- It is not possible to infer the discriminant since
2126 -- the subtype is not constrained.
2129 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
2130 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
);
2133 -- Rhs of the composite equality
2135 if Is_Constrained
(Rhs_Type
) then
2136 if Nkind
(Rhs
) = N_Selected_Component
2137 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
(
2138 Entity
(Selector_Name
(Rhs
)))
2141 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
2142 Prefix
=> Prefix
(Rhs
),
2145 Get_Discriminant_Value
(
2146 First_Discriminant
(Rhs_Type
),
2148 Stored_Constraint
(Rhs_Type
))));
2151 Rhs_Discr_Val
:= New_Copy
(
2152 Get_Discriminant_Value
(
2153 First_Discriminant
(Rhs_Type
),
2155 Stored_Constraint
(Rhs_Type
)));
2160 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
2161 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
);
2164 -- Call the TSS equality function with the inferred
2165 -- discriminant values.
2168 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
2169 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq_Op
, Loc
),
2170 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
2179 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
2180 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq_Op
, Loc
),
2181 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(Lhs
, Rhs
));
2185 elsif Ada_Version
>= Ada_2012
then
2187 -- if no TSS has been created for the type, check whether there is
2188 -- a primitive equality declared for it. If it is abstract replace
2189 -- the call with an explicit raise (AI05-0123).
2195 Prim
:= First_Elmt
(Collect_Primitive_Operations
(Full_Type
));
2196 while Present
(Prim
) loop
2198 -- Locate primitive equality with the right signature
2200 if Chars
(Node
(Prim
)) = Name_Op_Eq
2201 and then Etype
(First_Formal
(Node
(Prim
))) =
2202 Etype
(Next_Formal
(First_Formal
(Node
(Prim
))))
2203 and then Etype
(Node
(Prim
)) = Standard_Boolean
2205 if Is_Abstract_Subprogram
(Node
(Prim
)) then
2207 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
2208 Reason
=> PE_Explicit_Raise
);
2211 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
2212 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Node
(Prim
), Loc
),
2213 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(Lhs
, Rhs
));
2221 -- Use predefined equality iff no user-defined primitive exists
2223 return Make_Op_Eq
(Loc
, Lhs
, Rhs
);
2226 return Expand_Record_Equality
(Nod
, Full_Type
, Lhs
, Rhs
, Bodies
);
2230 -- If not array or record type, it is predefined equality.
2232 return Make_Op_Eq
(Loc
, Left_Opnd
=> Lhs
, Right_Opnd
=> Rhs
);
2234 end Expand_Composite_Equality
;
2236 ------------------------
2237 -- Expand_Concatenate --
2238 ------------------------
2240 procedure Expand_Concatenate
(Cnode
: Node_Id
; Opnds
: List_Id
) is
2241 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Cnode
);
2243 Atyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Cnode
));
2244 -- Result type of concatenation
2246 Ctyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Component_Type
(Etype
(Cnode
)));
2247 -- Component type. Elements of this component type can appear as one
2248 -- of the operands of concatenation as well as arrays.
2250 Istyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(First_Index
(Atyp
));
2253 Ityp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Istyp
);
2254 -- Index type. This is the base type of the index subtype, and is used
2255 -- for all computed bounds (which may be out of range of Istyp in the
2256 -- case of null ranges).
2259 -- This is the type we use to do arithmetic to compute the bounds and
2260 -- lengths of operands. The choice of this type is a little subtle and
2261 -- is discussed in a separate section at the start of the body code.
2263 Concatenation_Error
: exception;
2264 -- Raised if concatenation is sure to raise a CE
2266 Result_May_Be_Null
: Boolean := True;
2267 -- Reset to False if at least one operand is encountered which is known
2268 -- at compile time to be non-null. Used for handling the special case
2269 -- of setting the high bound to the last operand high bound for a null
2270 -- result, thus ensuring a proper high bound in the super-flat case.
2272 N
: constant Nat
:= List_Length
(Opnds
);
2273 -- Number of concatenation operands including possibly null operands
2276 -- Number of operands excluding any known to be null, except that the
2277 -- last operand is always retained, in case it provides the bounds for
2281 -- Current operand being processed in the loop through operands. After
2282 -- this loop is complete, always contains the last operand (which is not
2283 -- the same as Operands (NN), since null operands are skipped).
2285 -- Arrays describing the operands, only the first NN entries of each
2286 -- array are set (NN < N when we exclude known null operands).
2288 Is_Fixed_Length
: array (1 .. N
) of Boolean;
2289 -- True if length of corresponding operand known at compile time
2291 Operands
: array (1 .. N
) of Node_Id
;
2292 -- Set to the corresponding entry in the Opnds list (but note that null
2293 -- operands are excluded, so not all entries in the list are stored).
2295 Fixed_Length
: array (1 .. N
) of Uint
;
2296 -- Set to length of operand. Entries in this array are set only if the
2297 -- corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length is True.
2299 Opnd_Low_Bound
: array (1 .. N
) of Node_Id
;
2300 -- Set to lower bound of operand. Either an integer literal in the case
2301 -- where the bound is known at compile time, else actual lower bound.
2302 -- The operand low bound is of type Ityp.
2304 Var_Length
: array (1 .. N
) of Entity_Id
;
2305 -- Set to an entity of type Natural that contains the length of an
2306 -- operand whose length is not known at compile time. Entries in this
2307 -- array are set only if the corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length
2308 -- is False. The entity is of type Artyp.
2310 Aggr_Length
: array (0 .. N
) of Node_Id
;
2311 -- The J'th entry in an expression node that represents the total length
2312 -- of operands 1 through J. It is either an integer literal node, or a
2313 -- reference to a constant entity with the right value, so it is fine
2314 -- to just do a Copy_Node to get an appropriate copy. The extra zero'th
2315 -- entry always is set to zero. The length is of type Artyp.
2317 Low_Bound
: Node_Id
;
2318 -- A tree node representing the low bound of the result (of type Ityp).
2319 -- This is either an integer literal node, or an identifier reference to
2320 -- a constant entity initialized to the appropriate value.
2322 Last_Opnd_High_Bound
: Node_Id
;
2323 -- A tree node representing the high bound of the last operand. This
2324 -- need only be set if the result could be null. It is used for the
2325 -- special case of setting the right high bound for a null result.
2326 -- This is of type Ityp.
2328 High_Bound
: Node_Id
;
2329 -- A tree node representing the high bound of the result (of type Ityp)
2332 -- Result of the concatenation (of type Ityp)
2334 Actions
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
2335 -- Collect actions to be inserted if Save_Space is False
2337 Save_Space
: Boolean;
2338 pragma Warnings
(Off
, Save_Space
);
2339 -- Set to True if we are saving generated code space by calling routines
2340 -- in packages System.Concat_n.
2342 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen
: Boolean;
2343 -- Set True during generation of the assignments of operands into
2344 -- result once an operand known to be non-null has been seen.
2346 function Make_Artyp_Literal
(Val
: Nat
) return Node_Id
;
2347 -- This function makes an N_Integer_Literal node that is returned in
2348 -- analyzed form with the type set to Artyp. Importantly this literal
2349 -- is not flagged as static, so that if we do computations with it that
2350 -- result in statically detected out of range conditions, we will not
2351 -- generate error messages but instead warning messages.
2353 function To_Artyp
(X
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
2354 -- Given a node of type Ityp, returns the corresponding value of type
2355 -- Artyp. For non-enumeration types, this is a plain integer conversion.
2356 -- For enum types, the Pos of the value is returned.
2358 function To_Ityp
(X
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
2359 -- The inverse function (uses Val in the case of enumeration types)
2361 ------------------------
2362 -- Make_Artyp_Literal --
2363 ------------------------
2365 function Make_Artyp_Literal
(Val
: Nat
) return Node_Id
is
2366 Result
: constant Node_Id
:= Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Val
);
2368 Set_Etype
(Result
, Artyp
);
2369 Set_Analyzed
(Result
, True);
2370 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(Result
, False);
2372 end Make_Artyp_Literal
;
2378 function To_Artyp
(X
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
is
2380 if Ityp
= Base_Type
(Artyp
) then
2383 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type
(Ityp
) then
2385 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2386 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ityp
, Loc
),
2387 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Pos
,
2388 Expressions
=> New_List
(X
));
2391 return Convert_To
(Artyp
, X
);
2399 function To_Ityp
(X
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
is
2401 if Is_Enumeration_Type
(Ityp
) then
2403 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2404 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ityp
, Loc
),
2405 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Val
,
2406 Expressions
=> New_List
(X
));
2408 -- Case where we will do a type conversion
2411 if Ityp
= Base_Type
(Artyp
) then
2414 return Convert_To
(Ityp
, X
);
2419 -- Local Declarations
2421 Opnd_Typ
: Entity_Id
;
2429 -- Choose an appropriate computational type
2431 -- We will be doing calculations of lengths and bounds in this routine
2432 -- and computing one from the other in some cases, e.g. getting the high
2433 -- bound by adding the length-1 to the low bound.
2435 -- We can't just use the index type, or even its base type for this
2436 -- purpose for two reasons. First it might be an enumeration type which
2437 -- is not suitable for computations of any kind, and second it may
2438 -- simply not have enough range. For example if the index type is
2439 -- -128..+127 then lengths can be up to 256, which is out of range of
2442 -- For enumeration types, we can simply use Standard_Integer, this is
2443 -- sufficient since the actual number of enumeration literals cannot
2444 -- possibly exceed the range of integer (remember we will be doing the
2445 -- arithmetic with POS values, not representation values).
2447 if Is_Enumeration_Type
(Ityp
) then
2448 Artyp
:= Standard_Integer
;
2450 -- If index type is Positive, we use the standard unsigned type, to give
2451 -- more room on the top of the range, obviating the need for an overflow
2452 -- check when creating the upper bound. This is needed to avoid junk
2453 -- overflow checks in the common case of String types.
2455 -- ??? Disabled for now
2457 -- elsif Istyp = Standard_Positive then
2458 -- Artyp := Standard_Unsigned;
2460 -- For modular types, we use a 32-bit modular type for types whose size
2461 -- is in the range 1-31 bits. For 32-bit unsigned types, we use the
2462 -- identity type, and for larger unsigned types we use 64-bits.
2464 elsif Is_Modular_Integer_Type
(Ityp
) then
2465 if RM_Size
(Ityp
) < RM_Size
(Standard_Unsigned
) then
2466 Artyp
:= Standard_Unsigned
;
2467 elsif RM_Size
(Ityp
) = RM_Size
(Standard_Unsigned
) then
2470 Artyp
:= RTE
(RE_Long_Long_Unsigned
);
2473 -- Similar treatment for signed types
2476 if RM_Size
(Ityp
) < RM_Size
(Standard_Integer
) then
2477 Artyp
:= Standard_Integer
;
2478 elsif RM_Size
(Ityp
) = RM_Size
(Standard_Integer
) then
2481 Artyp
:= Standard_Long_Long_Integer
;
2485 -- Supply dummy entry at start of length array
2487 Aggr_Length
(0) := Make_Artyp_Literal
(0);
2489 -- Go through operands setting up the above arrays
2493 Opnd
:= Remove_Head
(Opnds
);
2494 Opnd_Typ
:= Etype
(Opnd
);
2496 -- The parent got messed up when we put the operands in a list,
2497 -- so now put back the proper parent for the saved operand, that
2498 -- is to say the concatenation node, to make sure that each operand
2499 -- is seen as a subexpression, e.g. if actions must be inserted.
2501 Set_Parent
(Opnd
, Cnode
);
2503 -- Set will be True when we have setup one entry in the array
2507 -- Singleton element (or character literal) case
2509 if Base_Type
(Opnd_Typ
) = Ctyp
then
2511 Operands
(NN
) := Opnd
;
2512 Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
) := True;
2513 Fixed_Length
(NN
) := Uint_1
;
2514 Result_May_Be_Null
:= False;
2516 -- Set low bound of operand (no need to set Last_Opnd_High_Bound
2517 -- since we know that the result cannot be null).
2519 Opnd_Low_Bound
(NN
) :=
2520 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2521 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Istyp
, Loc
),
2522 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
);
2526 -- String literal case (can only occur for strings of course)
2528 elsif Nkind
(Opnd
) = N_String_Literal
then
2529 Len
:= String_Literal_Length
(Opnd_Typ
);
2532 Result_May_Be_Null
:= False;
2535 -- Capture last operand high bound if result could be null
2537 if J
= N
and then Result_May_Be_Null
then
2538 Last_Opnd_High_Bound
:=
2541 New_Copy_Tree
(String_Literal_Low_Bound
(Opnd_Typ
)),
2542 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 1));
2545 -- Skip null string literal
2547 if J
< N
and then Len
= 0 then
2552 Operands
(NN
) := Opnd
;
2553 Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
) := True;
2555 -- Set length and bounds
2557 Fixed_Length
(NN
) := Len
;
2559 Opnd_Low_Bound
(NN
) :=
2560 New_Copy_Tree
(String_Literal_Low_Bound
(Opnd_Typ
));
2567 -- Check constrained case with known bounds
2569 if Is_Constrained
(Opnd_Typ
) then
2571 Index
: constant Node_Id
:= First_Index
(Opnd_Typ
);
2572 Indx_Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Index
);
2573 Lo
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_Low_Bound
(Indx_Typ
);
2574 Hi
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_High_Bound
(Indx_Typ
);
2577 -- Fixed length constrained array type with known at compile
2578 -- time bounds is last case of fixed length operand.
2580 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lo
)
2582 Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Hi
)
2585 Loval
: constant Uint
:= Expr_Value
(Lo
);
2586 Hival
: constant Uint
:= Expr_Value
(Hi
);
2587 Len
: constant Uint
:=
2588 UI_Max
(Hival
- Loval
+ 1, Uint_0
);
2592 Result_May_Be_Null
:= False;
2595 -- Capture last operand bound if result could be null
2597 if J
= N
and then Result_May_Be_Null
then
2598 Last_Opnd_High_Bound
:=
2600 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
2601 Intval
=> Expr_Value
(Hi
)));
2604 -- Exclude null length case unless last operand
2606 if J
< N
and then Len
= 0 then
2611 Operands
(NN
) := Opnd
;
2612 Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
) := True;
2613 Fixed_Length
(NN
) := Len
;
2615 Opnd_Low_Bound
(NN
) := To_Ityp
(
2616 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
2617 Intval
=> Expr_Value
(Lo
)));
2625 -- All cases where the length is not known at compile time, or the
2626 -- special case of an operand which is known to be null but has a
2627 -- lower bound other than 1 or is other than a string type.
2632 -- Capture operand bounds
2634 Opnd_Low_Bound
(NN
) :=
2635 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2637 Duplicate_Subexpr
(Opnd
, Name_Req
=> True),
2638 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
);
2640 if J
= N
and Result_May_Be_Null
then
2641 Last_Opnd_High_Bound
:=
2643 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2645 Duplicate_Subexpr
(Opnd
, Name_Req
=> True),
2646 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Last
));
2649 -- Capture length of operand in entity
2651 Operands
(NN
) := Opnd
;
2652 Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
) := False;
2654 Var_Length
(NN
) := Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'L');
2657 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
2658 Defining_Identifier
=> Var_Length
(NN
),
2659 Constant_Present
=> True,
2661 Object_Definition
=>
2662 New_Occurrence_Of
(Artyp
, Loc
),
2665 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2667 Duplicate_Subexpr
(Opnd
, Name_Req
=> True),
2668 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
)));
2672 -- Set next entry in aggregate length array
2674 -- For first entry, make either integer literal for fixed length
2675 -- or a reference to the saved length for variable length.
2678 if Is_Fixed_Length
(1) then
2680 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
2681 Intval
=> Fixed_Length
(1));
2684 New_Reference_To
(Var_Length
(1), Loc
);
2687 -- If entry is fixed length and only fixed lengths so far, make
2688 -- appropriate new integer literal adding new length.
2690 elsif Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
)
2691 and then Nkind
(Aggr_Length
(NN
- 1)) = N_Integer_Literal
2694 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
2695 Intval
=> Fixed_Length
(NN
) + Intval
(Aggr_Length
(NN
- 1)));
2697 -- All other cases, construct an addition node for the length and
2698 -- create an entity initialized to this length.
2701 Ent
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'L');
2703 if Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
) then
2704 Clen
:= Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Fixed_Length
(NN
));
2706 Clen
:= New_Reference_To
(Var_Length
(NN
), Loc
);
2710 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
2711 Defining_Identifier
=> Ent
,
2712 Constant_Present
=> True,
2714 Object_Definition
=>
2715 New_Occurrence_Of
(Artyp
, Loc
),
2719 Left_Opnd
=> New_Copy
(Aggr_Length
(NN
- 1)),
2720 Right_Opnd
=> Clen
)));
2722 Aggr_Length
(NN
) := Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
=> Chars
(Ent
));
2729 -- If we have only skipped null operands, return the last operand
2736 -- If we have only one non-null operand, return it and we are done.
2737 -- There is one case in which this cannot be done, and that is when
2738 -- the sole operand is of the element type, in which case it must be
2739 -- converted to an array, and the easiest way of doing that is to go
2740 -- through the normal general circuit.
2743 and then Base_Type
(Etype
(Operands
(1))) /= Ctyp
2745 Result
:= Operands
(1);
2749 -- Cases where we have a real concatenation
2751 -- Next step is to find the low bound for the result array that we
2752 -- will allocate. The rules for this are in (RM 4.5.6(5-7)).
2754 -- If the ultimate ancestor of the index subtype is a constrained array
2755 -- definition, then the lower bound is that of the index subtype as
2756 -- specified by (RM 4.5.3(6)).
2758 -- The right test here is to go to the root type, and then the ultimate
2759 -- ancestor is the first subtype of this root type.
2761 if Is_Constrained
(First_Subtype
(Root_Type
(Atyp
))) then
2763 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2765 New_Occurrence_Of
(First_Subtype
(Root_Type
(Atyp
)), Loc
),
2766 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
);
2768 -- If the first operand in the list has known length we know that
2769 -- the lower bound of the result is the lower bound of this operand.
2771 elsif Is_Fixed_Length
(1) then
2772 Low_Bound
:= Opnd_Low_Bound
(1);
2774 -- OK, we don't know the lower bound, we have to build a horrible
2775 -- expression actions node of the form
2777 -- if Cond1'Length /= 0 then
2780 -- if Opnd2'Length /= 0 then
2785 -- The nesting ends either when we hit an operand whose length is known
2786 -- at compile time, or on reaching the last operand, whose low bound we
2787 -- take unconditionally whether or not it is null. It's easiest to do
2788 -- this with a recursive procedure:
2792 function Get_Known_Bound
(J
: Nat
) return Node_Id
;
2793 -- Returns the lower bound determined by operands J .. NN
2795 ---------------------
2796 -- Get_Known_Bound --
2797 ---------------------
2799 function Get_Known_Bound
(J
: Nat
) return Node_Id
is
2801 if Is_Fixed_Length
(J
) or else J
= NN
then
2802 return New_Copy
(Opnd_Low_Bound
(J
));
2806 Make_Conditional_Expression
(Loc
,
2807 Expressions
=> New_List
(
2810 Left_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(Var_Length
(J
), Loc
),
2811 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0)),
2813 New_Copy
(Opnd_Low_Bound
(J
)),
2814 Get_Known_Bound
(J
+ 1)));
2816 end Get_Known_Bound
;
2819 Ent
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'L');
2822 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
2823 Defining_Identifier
=> Ent
,
2824 Constant_Present
=> True,
2825 Object_Definition
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ityp
, Loc
),
2826 Expression
=> Get_Known_Bound
(1)));
2828 Low_Bound
:= New_Reference_To
(Ent
, Loc
);
2832 -- Now we can safely compute the upper bound, normally
2833 -- Low_Bound + Length - 1.
2838 Left_Opnd
=> To_Artyp
(New_Copy
(Low_Bound
)),
2840 Make_Op_Subtract
(Loc
,
2841 Left_Opnd
=> New_Copy
(Aggr_Length
(NN
)),
2842 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Artyp_Literal
(1))));
2844 -- Note that calculation of the high bound may cause overflow in some
2845 -- very weird cases, so in the general case we need an overflow check on
2846 -- the high bound. We can avoid this for the common case of string types
2847 -- and other types whose index is Positive, since we chose a wider range
2848 -- for the arithmetic type.
2850 if Istyp
/= Standard_Positive
then
2851 Activate_Overflow_Check
(High_Bound
);
2854 -- Handle the exceptional case where the result is null, in which case
2855 -- case the bounds come from the last operand (so that we get the proper
2856 -- bounds if the last operand is super-flat).
2858 if Result_May_Be_Null
then
2860 Make_Conditional_Expression
(Loc
,
2861 Expressions
=> New_List
(
2863 Left_Opnd
=> New_Copy
(Aggr_Length
(NN
)),
2864 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Artyp_Literal
(0)),
2865 Last_Opnd_High_Bound
,
2869 -- Here is where we insert the saved up actions
2871 Insert_Actions
(Cnode
, Actions
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
2873 -- Now we construct an array object with appropriate bounds. We mark
2874 -- the target as internal to prevent useless initialization when
2875 -- Initialize_Scalars is enabled.
2877 Ent
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'S');
2878 Set_Is_Internal
(Ent
);
2880 -- If the bound is statically known to be out of range, we do not want
2881 -- to abort, we want a warning and a runtime constraint error. Note that
2882 -- we have arranged that the result will not be treated as a static
2883 -- constant, so we won't get an illegality during this insertion.
2885 Insert_Action
(Cnode
,
2886 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
2887 Defining_Identifier
=> Ent
,
2888 Object_Definition
=>
2889 Make_Subtype_Indication
(Loc
,
2890 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Atyp
, Loc
),
2892 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint
(Loc
,
2893 Constraints
=> New_List
(
2895 Low_Bound
=> Low_Bound
,
2896 High_Bound
=> High_Bound
))))),
2897 Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
2899 -- If the result of the concatenation appears as the initializing
2900 -- expression of an object declaration, we can just rename the
2901 -- result, rather than copying it.
2903 Set_OK_To_Rename
(Ent
);
2905 -- Catch the static out of range case now
2907 if Raises_Constraint_Error
(High_Bound
) then
2908 raise Concatenation_Error
;
2911 -- Now we will generate the assignments to do the actual concatenation
2913 -- There is one case in which we will not do this, namely when all the
2914 -- following conditions are met:
2916 -- The result type is Standard.String
2918 -- There are nine or fewer retained (non-null) operands
2920 -- The optimization level is -O0
2922 -- The corresponding System.Concat_n.Str_Concat_n routine is
2923 -- available in the run time.
2925 -- The debug flag gnatd.c is not set
2927 -- If all these conditions are met then we generate a call to the
2928 -- relevant concatenation routine. The purpose of this is to avoid
2929 -- undesirable code bloat at -O0.
2931 if Atyp
= Standard_String
2932 and then NN
in 2 .. 9
2933 and then (Opt
.Optimization_Level
= 0 or else Debug_Flag_Dot_CC
)
2934 and then not Debug_Flag_Dot_C
2937 RR
: constant array (Nat
range 2 .. 9) of RE_Id
:=
2948 if RTE_Available
(RR
(NN
)) then
2950 Opnds
: constant List_Id
:=
2951 New_List
(New_Occurrence_Of
(Ent
, Loc
));
2954 for J
in 1 .. NN
loop
2955 if Is_List_Member
(Operands
(J
)) then
2956 Remove
(Operands
(J
));
2959 if Base_Type
(Etype
(Operands
(J
))) = Ctyp
then
2961 Make_Aggregate
(Loc
,
2962 Component_Associations
=> New_List
(
2963 Make_Component_Association
(Loc
,
2964 Choices
=> New_List
(
2965 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 1)),
2966 Expression
=> Operands
(J
)))));
2969 Append_To
(Opnds
, Operands
(J
));
2973 Insert_Action
(Cnode
,
2974 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
2975 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
(RR
(NN
)), Loc
),
2976 Parameter_Associations
=> Opnds
));
2978 Result
:= New_Reference_To
(Ent
, Loc
);
2985 -- Not special case so generate the assignments
2987 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen
:= False;
2989 for J
in 1 .. NN
loop
2991 Lo
: constant Node_Id
:=
2993 Left_Opnd
=> To_Artyp
(New_Copy
(Low_Bound
)),
2994 Right_Opnd
=> Aggr_Length
(J
- 1));
2996 Hi
: constant Node_Id
:=
2998 Left_Opnd
=> To_Artyp
(New_Copy
(Low_Bound
)),
3000 Make_Op_Subtract
(Loc
,
3001 Left_Opnd
=> Aggr_Length
(J
),
3002 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Artyp_Literal
(1)));
3005 -- Singleton case, simple assignment
3007 if Base_Type
(Etype
(Operands
(J
))) = Ctyp
then
3008 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen
:= True;
3009 Insert_Action
(Cnode
,
3010 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
3012 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
3013 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ent
, Loc
),
3014 Expressions
=> New_List
(To_Ityp
(Lo
))),
3015 Expression
=> Operands
(J
)),
3016 Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
3018 -- Array case, slice assignment, skipped when argument is fixed
3019 -- length and known to be null.
3021 elsif (not Is_Fixed_Length
(J
)) or else (Fixed_Length
(J
) > 0) then
3024 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
3028 New_Occurrence_Of
(Ent
, Loc
),
3031 Low_Bound
=> To_Ityp
(Lo
),
3032 High_Bound
=> To_Ityp
(Hi
))),
3033 Expression
=> Operands
(J
));
3035 if Is_Fixed_Length
(J
) then
3036 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen
:= True;
3038 elsif not Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen
then
3040 -- Here if operand length is not statically known and no
3041 -- operand known to be non-null has been processed yet.
3042 -- If operand length is 0, we do not need to perform the
3043 -- assignment, and we must avoid the evaluation of the
3044 -- high bound of the slice, since it may underflow if the
3045 -- low bound is Ityp'First.
3048 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Cnode
,
3052 New_Occurrence_Of
(Var_Length
(J
), Loc
),
3053 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0)),
3058 Insert_Action
(Cnode
, Assign
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
3064 -- Finally we build the result, which is a reference to the array object
3066 Result
:= New_Reference_To
(Ent
, Loc
);
3069 Rewrite
(Cnode
, Result
);
3070 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Cnode
, Atyp
);
3073 when Concatenation_Error
=>
3075 -- Kill warning generated for the declaration of the static out of
3076 -- range high bound, and instead generate a Constraint_Error with
3077 -- an appropriate specific message.
3079 Kill_Dead_Code
(Declaration_Node
(Entity
(High_Bound
)));
3080 Apply_Compile_Time_Constraint_Error
3082 Msg
=> "concatenation result upper bound out of range?",
3083 Reason
=> CE_Range_Check_Failed
);
3084 -- Set_Etype (Cnode, Atyp);
3085 end Expand_Concatenate
;
3087 ------------------------
3088 -- Expand_N_Allocator --
3089 ------------------------
3091 procedure Expand_N_Allocator
(N
: Node_Id
) is
3092 PtrT
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
3093 Dtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Available_View
(Designated_Type
(PtrT
));
3094 Etyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Expression
(N
));
3095 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
3100 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization
;
3101 -- Generate finalization calls for all nested coextensions of N. This
3102 -- routine may allocate list controllers if necessary.
3104 procedure Rewrite_Coextension
(N
: Node_Id
);
3105 -- Static coextensions have the same lifetime as the entity they
3106 -- constrain. Such occurrences can be rewritten as aliased objects
3107 -- and their unrestricted access used instead of the coextension.
3109 function Size_In_Storage_Elements
(E
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
;
3110 -- Given a constrained array type E, returns a node representing the
3111 -- code to compute the size in storage elements for the given type.
3112 -- This is done without using the attribute (which malfunctions for
3115 ---------------------------------------
3116 -- Complete_Coextension_Finalization --
3117 ---------------------------------------
3119 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization
is
3121 Coext_Elmt
: Elmt_Id
;
3125 function Inside_A_Return_Statement
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
3126 -- Determine whether node N is part of a return statement
3128 function Needs_Initialization_Call
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
3129 -- Determine whether node N is a subtype indicator allocator which
3130 -- acts a coextension. Such coextensions need initialization.
3132 -------------------------------
3133 -- Inside_A_Return_Statement --
3134 -------------------------------
3136 function Inside_A_Return_Statement
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
3141 while Present
(P
) loop
3143 (P
, N_Extended_Return_Statement
, N_Simple_Return_Statement
)
3147 -- Stop the traversal when we reach a subprogram body
3149 elsif Nkind
(P
) = N_Subprogram_Body
then
3157 end Inside_A_Return_Statement
;
3159 -------------------------------
3160 -- Needs_Initialization_Call --
3161 -------------------------------
3163 function Needs_Initialization_Call
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
3167 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Explicit_Dereference
3168 and then Nkind
(Prefix
(N
)) = N_Identifier
3169 and then Nkind
(Parent
(Entity
(Prefix
(N
)))) =
3170 N_Object_Declaration
3172 Obj_Decl
:= Parent
(Entity
(Prefix
(N
)));
3175 Present
(Expression
(Obj_Decl
))
3176 and then Nkind
(Expression
(Obj_Decl
)) = N_Allocator
3177 and then Nkind
(Expression
(Expression
(Obj_Decl
))) /=
3178 N_Qualified_Expression
;
3182 end Needs_Initialization_Call
;
3184 -- Start of processing for Complete_Coextension_Finalization
3187 -- When a coextension root is inside a return statement, we need to
3188 -- use the finalization chain of the function's scope. This does not
3189 -- apply for controlled named access types because in those cases we
3190 -- can use the finalization chain of the type itself.
3192 if Inside_A_Return_Statement
(N
)
3194 (Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3196 (Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Access_Type
3197 and then No
(Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
))))
3201 Outer_S
: Entity_Id
;
3206 while Present
(S
) and then S
/= Standard_Standard
loop
3207 if Ekind
(S
) = E_Function
then
3208 Outer_S
:= Scope
(S
);
3210 -- Retrieve the declaration of the body
3215 (Corresponding_Body
(Parent
(Parent
(S
)))));
3222 -- Push the scope of the function body since we are inserting
3223 -- the list before the body, but we are currently in the body
3224 -- itself. Override the finalization list of PtrT since the
3225 -- finalization context is now different.
3227 Push_Scope
(Outer_S
);
3228 Build_Final_List
(Decl
, PtrT
);
3232 -- The root allocator may not be controlled, but it still needs a
3233 -- finalization list for all nested coextensions.
3235 elsif No
(Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
)) then
3236 Build_Final_List
(N
, PtrT
);
3240 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
3242 New_Reference_To
(Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
), Loc
),
3243 Selector_Name
=> Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_F
));
3245 Coext_Elmt
:= First_Elmt
(Coextensions
(N
));
3246 while Present
(Coext_Elmt
) loop
3247 Coext
:= Node
(Coext_Elmt
);
3252 if Nkind
(Coext
) = N_Identifier
then
3254 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
3255 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Coext
), Loc
),
3257 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
3258 Prefix
=> New_Copy_Tree
(Coext
)));
3260 Ref
:= New_Copy_Tree
(Coext
);
3263 -- No initialization call if not allowed
3265 Check_Restriction
(No_Default_Initialization
, N
);
3267 if not Restriction_Active
(No_Default_Initialization
) then
3271 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3273 if Needs_Initialization_Call
(Coext
) then
3277 Typ
=> Etype
(Coext
),
3279 With_Attach
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_2
)));
3282 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3288 Flist_Ref
=> New_Copy_Tree
(Flist
),
3289 With_Attach
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_2
)));
3293 Next_Elmt
(Coext_Elmt
);
3295 end Complete_Coextension_Finalization
;
3297 -------------------------
3298 -- Rewrite_Coextension --
3299 -------------------------
3301 procedure Rewrite_Coextension
(N
: Node_Id
) is
3302 Temp
: constant Node_Id
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'C');
3305 -- Cnn : aliased Etyp;
3307 Decl
: constant Node_Id
:=
3308 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
3309 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
3310 Aliased_Present
=> True,
3311 Object_Definition
=>
3312 New_Occurrence_Of
(Etyp
, Loc
));
3316 if Nkind
(Expression
(N
)) = N_Qualified_Expression
then
3317 Set_Expression
(Decl
, Expression
(Expression
(N
)));
3320 -- Find the proper insertion node for the declaration
3323 while Present
(Nod
) loop
3324 exit when Nkind
(Nod
) in N_Statement_Other_Than_Procedure_Call
3325 or else Nkind
(Nod
) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
3326 or else Nkind
(Nod
) in N_Declaration
;
3327 Nod
:= Parent
(Nod
);
3330 Insert_Before
(Nod
, Decl
);
3334 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
3335 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Temp
, Loc
),
3336 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Unrestricted_Access
));
3338 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
3339 end Rewrite_Coextension
;
3341 ------------------------------
3342 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements --
3343 ------------------------------
3345 function Size_In_Storage_Elements
(E
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
is
3347 -- Logically this just returns E'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements.
3348 -- However, the reason for the existence of this function is
3349 -- to construct a test for sizes too large, which means near the
3350 -- 32-bit limit on a 32-bit machine, and precisely the trouble
3351 -- is that we get overflows when sizes are greater than 2**31.
3353 -- So what we end up doing for array types is to use the expression:
3355 -- number-of-elements * component_type'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements
3357 -- which avoids this problem. All this is a bit bogus, but it does
3358 -- mean we catch common cases of trying to allocate arrays that
3359 -- are too large, and which in the absence of a check results in
3360 -- undetected chaos ???
3367 for J
in 1 .. Number_Dimensions
(E
) loop
3369 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
3370 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(E
, Loc
),
3371 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
,
3372 Expressions
=> New_List
(
3373 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, J
)));
3380 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
3387 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
3390 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
3391 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Component_Type
(E
), Loc
),
3392 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements
));
3394 end Size_In_Storage_Elements
;
3396 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Allocator
3399 -- RM E.2.3(22). We enforce that the expected type of an allocator
3400 -- shall not be a remote access-to-class-wide-limited-private type
3402 -- Why is this being done at expansion time, seems clearly wrong ???
3404 Validate_Remote_Access_To_Class_Wide_Type
(N
);
3406 -- Set the Storage Pool
3408 Set_Storage_Pool
(N
, Associated_Storage_Pool
(Root_Type
(PtrT
)));
3410 if Present
(Storage_Pool
(N
)) then
3411 if Is_RTE
(Storage_Pool
(N
), RE_SS_Pool
) then
3412 if VM_Target
= No_VM
then
3413 Set_Procedure_To_Call
(N
, RTE
(RE_SS_Allocate
));
3416 elsif Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Etype
(Storage_Pool
(N
))) then
3417 Set_Procedure_To_Call
(N
, RTE
(RE_Allocate_Any
));
3420 Set_Procedure_To_Call
(N
,
3421 Find_Prim_Op
(Etype
(Storage_Pool
(N
)), Name_Allocate
));
3425 -- Under certain circumstances we can replace an allocator by an access
3426 -- to statically allocated storage. The conditions, as noted in AARM
3427 -- 3.10 (10c) are as follows:
3429 -- Size and initial value is known at compile time
3430 -- Access type is access-to-constant
3432 -- The allocator is not part of a constraint on a record component,
3433 -- because in that case the inserted actions are delayed until the
3434 -- record declaration is fully analyzed, which is too late for the
3435 -- analysis of the rewritten allocator.
3437 if Is_Access_Constant
(PtrT
)
3438 and then Nkind
(Expression
(N
)) = N_Qualified_Expression
3439 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Expression
(Expression
(N
)))
3440 and then Size_Known_At_Compile_Time
(Etype
(Expression
3442 and then not Is_Record_Type
(Current_Scope
)
3444 -- Here we can do the optimization. For the allocator
3448 -- We insert an object declaration
3450 -- Tnn : aliased x := y;
3452 -- and replace the allocator by Tnn'Unrestricted_Access. Tnn is
3453 -- marked as requiring static allocation.
3455 Temp
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'T', Expression
(Expression
(N
)));
3456 Desig
:= Subtype_Mark
(Expression
(N
));
3458 -- If context is constrained, use constrained subtype directly,
3459 -- so that the constant is not labelled as having a nominally
3460 -- unconstrained subtype.
3462 if Entity
(Desig
) = Base_Type
(Dtyp
) then
3463 Desig
:= New_Occurrence_Of
(Dtyp
, Loc
);
3467 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
3468 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
3469 Aliased_Present
=> True,
3470 Constant_Present
=> Is_Access_Constant
(PtrT
),
3471 Object_Definition
=> Desig
,
3472 Expression
=> Expression
(Expression
(N
))));
3475 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
3476 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Temp
, Loc
),
3477 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Unrestricted_Access
));
3479 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
3481 -- We set the variable as statically allocated, since we don't want
3482 -- it going on the stack of the current procedure!
3484 Set_Is_Statically_Allocated
(Temp
);
3488 -- Same if the allocator is an access discriminant for a local object:
3489 -- instead of an allocator we create a local value and constrain the
3490 -- enclosing object with the corresponding access attribute.
3492 if Is_Static_Coextension
(N
) then
3493 Rewrite_Coextension
(N
);
3497 -- The current allocator creates an object which may contain nested
3498 -- coextensions. Use the current allocator's finalization list to
3499 -- generate finalization call for all nested coextensions.
3501 if Is_Coextension_Root
(N
) then
3502 Complete_Coextension_Finalization
;
3505 -- Check for size too large, we do this because the back end misses
3506 -- proper checks here and can generate rubbish allocation calls when
3507 -- we are near the limit. We only do this for the 32-bit address case
3508 -- since that is from a practical point of view where we see a problem.
3510 if System_Address_Size
= 32
3511 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed
(PtrT
)
3512 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed
(Dtyp
)
3513 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed
(Etyp
)
3515 -- The check we want to generate should look like
3517 -- if Etyp'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements > 3.5 gigabytes then
3518 -- raise Storage_Error;
3521 -- where 3.5 gigabytes is a constant large enough to accommodate any
3522 -- reasonable request for. But we can't do it this way because at
3523 -- least at the moment we don't compute this attribute right, and
3524 -- can silently give wrong results when the result gets large. Since
3525 -- this is all about large results, that's bad, so instead we only
3526 -- apply the check for constrained arrays, and manually compute the
3527 -- value of the attribute ???
3529 if Is_Array_Type
(Etyp
) and then Is_Constrained
(Etyp
) then
3531 Make_Raise_Storage_Error
(Loc
,
3534 Left_Opnd
=> Size_In_Storage_Elements
(Etyp
),
3536 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
3537 Intval
=> Uint_7
* (Uint_2
** 29))),
3538 Reason
=> SE_Object_Too_Large
));
3542 -- Handle case of qualified expression (other than optimization above)
3543 -- First apply constraint checks, because the bounds or discriminants
3544 -- in the aggregate might not match the subtype mark in the allocator.
3546 if Nkind
(Expression
(N
)) = N_Qualified_Expression
then
3547 Apply_Constraint_Check
3548 (Expression
(Expression
(N
)), Etype
(Expression
(N
)));
3550 Expand_Allocator_Expression
(N
);
3554 -- If the allocator is for a type which requires initialization, and
3555 -- there is no initial value (i.e. operand is a subtype indication
3556 -- rather than a qualified expression), then we must generate a call to
3557 -- the initialization routine using an expressions action node:
3559 -- [Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn]
3561 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and T is the
3562 -- subtype of the allocator. A special case arises if the designated
3563 -- type of the access type is a task or contains tasks. In this case
3564 -- the call to Init (Temp.all ...) is replaced by code that ensures
3565 -- that tasks get activated (see Exp_Ch9.Build_Task_Allocate_Block
3566 -- for details). In addition, if the type T is a task T, then the
3567 -- first argument to Init must be converted to the task record type.
3570 T
: constant Entity_Id
:= Entity
(Expression
(N
));
3578 Temp_Decl
: Node_Id
;
3579 Temp_Type
: Entity_Id
;
3580 Attach_Level
: Uint
;
3583 if No_Initialization
(N
) then
3586 -- Case of no initialization procedure present
3588 elsif not Has_Non_Null_Base_Init_Proc
(T
) then
3590 -- Case of simple initialization required
3592 if Needs_Simple_Initialization
(T
) then
3593 Check_Restriction
(No_Default_Initialization
, N
);
3594 Rewrite
(Expression
(N
),
3595 Make_Qualified_Expression
(Loc
,
3596 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(T
, Loc
),
3597 Expression
=> Get_Simple_Init_Val
(T
, N
)));
3599 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Expression
(Expression
(N
)), T
);
3600 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Expression
(N
), T
);
3601 Set_Paren_Count
(Expression
(Expression
(N
)), 1);
3602 Expand_N_Allocator
(N
);
3604 -- No initialization required
3610 -- Case of initialization procedure present, must be called
3613 Check_Restriction
(No_Default_Initialization
, N
);
3615 if not Restriction_Active
(No_Default_Initialization
) then
3616 Init
:= Base_Init_Proc
(T
);
3618 Temp
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'P');
3620 -- Construct argument list for the initialization routine call
3623 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
3624 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
3625 Set_Assignment_OK
(Arg1
);
3628 -- The initialization procedure expects a specific type. if the
3629 -- context is access to class wide, indicate that the object
3630 -- being allocated has the right specific type.
3632 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Dtyp
) then
3633 Arg1
:= Unchecked_Convert_To
(T
, Arg1
);
3636 -- If designated type is a concurrent type or if it is private
3637 -- type whose definition is a concurrent type, the first
3638 -- argument in the Init routine has to be unchecked conversion
3639 -- to the corresponding record type. If the designated type is
3640 -- a derived type, we also convert the argument to its root
3643 if Is_Concurrent_Type
(T
) then
3645 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Corresponding_Record_Type
(T
), Arg1
);
3647 elsif Is_Private_Type
(T
)
3648 and then Present
(Full_View
(T
))
3649 and then Is_Concurrent_Type
(Full_View
(T
))
3652 Unchecked_Convert_To
3653 (Corresponding_Record_Type
(Full_View
(T
)), Arg1
);
3655 elsif Etype
(First_Formal
(Init
)) /= Base_Type
(T
) then
3657 Ftyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(First_Formal
(Init
));
3659 Arg1
:= OK_Convert_To
(Etype
(Ftyp
), Arg1
);
3660 Set_Etype
(Arg1
, Ftyp
);
3664 Args
:= New_List
(Arg1
);
3666 -- For the task case, pass the Master_Id of the access type as
3667 -- the value of the _Master parameter, and _Chain as the value
3668 -- of the _Chain parameter (_Chain will be defined as part of
3669 -- the generated code for the allocator).
3671 -- In Ada 2005, the context may be a function that returns an
3672 -- anonymous access type. In that case the Master_Id has been
3673 -- created when expanding the function declaration.
3675 if Has_Task
(T
) then
3676 if No
(Master_Id
(Base_Type
(PtrT
))) then
3678 -- The designated type was an incomplete type, and the
3679 -- access type did not get expanded. Salvage it now.
3681 if not Restriction_Active
(No_Task_Hierarchy
) then
3682 pragma Assert
(Present
(Parent
(Base_Type
(PtrT
))));
3683 Expand_N_Full_Type_Declaration
3684 (Parent
(Base_Type
(PtrT
)));
3688 -- If the context of the allocator is a declaration or an
3689 -- assignment, we can generate a meaningful image for it,
3690 -- even though subsequent assignments might remove the
3691 -- connection between task and entity. We build this image
3692 -- when the left-hand side is a simple variable, a simple
3693 -- indexed assignment or a simple selected component.
3695 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
then
3697 Nam
: constant Node_Id
:= Name
(Parent
(N
));
3700 if Is_Entity_Name
(Nam
) then
3702 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3705 (Entity
(Nam
), Sloc
(Nam
)), T
);
3708 (Nam
, N_Indexed_Component
, N_Selected_Component
)
3709 and then Is_Entity_Name
(Prefix
(Nam
))
3712 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3713 (Loc
, Nam
, Etype
(Prefix
(Nam
)));
3715 Decls
:= Build_Task_Image_Decls
(Loc
, T
, T
);
3719 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Object_Declaration
then
3721 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3722 (Loc
, Defining_Identifier
(Parent
(N
)), T
);
3725 Decls
:= Build_Task_Image_Decls
(Loc
, T
, T
);
3728 if Restriction_Active
(No_Task_Hierarchy
) then
3730 New_Occurrence_Of
(RTE
(RE_Library_Task_Level
), Loc
));
3734 (Master_Id
(Base_Type
(Root_Type
(PtrT
))), Loc
));
3737 Append_To
(Args
, Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uChain
));
3739 Decl
:= Last
(Decls
);
3741 New_Occurrence_Of
(Defining_Identifier
(Decl
), Loc
));
3743 -- Has_Task is false, Decls not used
3749 -- Add discriminants if discriminated type
3752 Dis
: Boolean := False;
3756 if Has_Discriminants
(T
) then
3760 elsif Is_Private_Type
(T
)
3761 and then Present
(Full_View
(T
))
3762 and then Has_Discriminants
(Full_View
(T
))
3765 Typ
:= Full_View
(T
);
3770 -- If the allocated object will be constrained by the
3771 -- default values for discriminants, then build a subtype
3772 -- with those defaults, and change the allocated subtype
3773 -- to that. Note that this happens in fewer cases in Ada
3776 if not Is_Constrained
(Typ
)
3777 and then Present
(Discriminant_Default_Value
3778 (First_Discriminant
(Typ
)))
3779 and then (Ada_Version
< Ada_2005
3781 not Has_Constrained_Partial_View
(Typ
))
3783 Typ
:= Build_Default_Subtype
(Typ
, N
);
3784 Set_Expression
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
));
3787 Discr
:= First_Elmt
(Discriminant_Constraint
(Typ
));
3788 while Present
(Discr
) loop
3789 Nod
:= Node
(Discr
);
3790 Append
(New_Copy_Tree
(Node
(Discr
)), Args
);
3792 -- AI-416: when the discriminant constraint is an
3793 -- anonymous access type make sure an accessibility
3794 -- check is inserted if necessary (3.10.2(22.q/2))
3796 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_2005
3798 Ekind
(Etype
(Nod
)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3800 Apply_Accessibility_Check
3801 (Nod
, Typ
, Insert_Node
=> Nod
);
3809 -- We set the allocator as analyzed so that when we analyze the
3810 -- expression actions node, we do not get an unwanted recursive
3811 -- expansion of the allocator expression.
3813 Set_Analyzed
(N
, True);
3814 Nod
:= Relocate_Node
(N
);
3816 -- Here is the transformation:
3818 -- output: Temp : constant ptr_T := new T;
3819 -- Init (Temp.all, ...);
3820 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3821 -- <CTRL> Initialize (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3823 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and is the
3824 -- subtype of the allocator.
3827 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
3828 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
3829 Constant_Present
=> True,
3830 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp_Type
, Loc
),
3833 Set_Assignment_OK
(Temp_Decl
);
3834 Insert_Action
(N
, Temp_Decl
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
3836 -- If the designated type is a task type or contains tasks,
3837 -- create block to activate created tasks, and insert
3838 -- declaration for Task_Image variable ahead of call.
3840 if Has_Task
(T
) then
3842 L
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
3845 Build_Task_Allocate_Block
(L
, Nod
, Args
);
3847 Insert_List_Before
(First
(Declarations
(Blk
)), Decls
);
3848 Insert_Actions
(N
, L
);
3853 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
3854 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Init
, Loc
),
3855 Parameter_Associations
=> Args
));
3858 if Needs_Finalization
(T
) then
3860 -- Postpone the generation of a finalization call for the
3861 -- current allocator if it acts as a coextension.
3863 if Is_Dynamic_Coextension
(N
) then
3864 if No
(Coextensions
(N
)) then
3865 Set_Coextensions
(N
, New_Elmt_List
);
3868 Append_Elmt
(New_Copy_Tree
(Arg1
), Coextensions
(N
));
3872 Get_Allocator_Final_List
(N
, Base_Type
(T
), PtrT
);
3874 -- Anonymous access types created for access parameters
3875 -- are attached to an explicitly constructed controller,
3876 -- which ensures that they can be finalized properly,
3877 -- even if their deallocation might not happen. The list
3878 -- associated with the controller is doubly-linked. For
3879 -- other anonymous access types, the object may end up
3880 -- on the global final list which is singly-linked.
3881 -- Work needed for access discriminants in Ada 2005 ???
3883 if Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
then
3884 Attach_Level
:= Uint_1
;
3886 Attach_Level
:= Uint_2
;
3891 Ref
=> New_Copy_Tree
(Arg1
),
3894 With_Attach
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
3895 Intval
=> Attach_Level
)));
3899 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
3900 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
3905 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the allocator is for a class-wide interface
3906 -- object that has been rewritten as a reference, we displace "this"
3907 -- to reference properly its secondary dispatch table.
3909 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Identifier
3910 and then Is_Interface
(Dtyp
)
3912 Displace_Allocator_Pointer
(N
);
3916 when RE_Not_Available
=>
3918 end Expand_N_Allocator
;
3920 -----------------------
3921 -- Expand_N_And_Then --
3922 -----------------------
3924 procedure Expand_N_And_Then
(N
: Node_Id
)
3925 renames Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator
;
3927 ------------------------------
3928 -- Expand_N_Case_Expression --
3929 ------------------------------
3931 procedure Expand_N_Case_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
) is
3932 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
3933 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
3945 -- case X is when A => AX, when B => BX ...
3960 -- However, this expansion is wrong for limited types, and also
3961 -- wrong for unconstrained types (since the bounds may not be the
3962 -- same in all branches). Furthermore it involves an extra copy
3963 -- for large objects. So we take care of this by using the following
3964 -- modified expansion for non-scalar types:
3967 -- type Pnn is access all typ;
3971 -- T := AX'Unrestricted_Access;
3973 -- T := BX'Unrestricted_Access;
3979 Make_Case_Statement
(Loc
,
3980 Expression
=> Expression
(N
),
3981 Alternatives
=> New_List
);
3983 Actions
:= New_List
;
3987 if Is_Scalar_Type
(Typ
) then
3991 Pnn
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'P');
3993 Make_Full_Type_Declaration
(Loc
,
3994 Defining_Identifier
=> Pnn
,
3996 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition
(Loc
,
3997 All_Present
=> True,
3998 Subtype_Indication
=>
3999 New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
))));
4003 Tnn
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'T');
4005 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
4006 Defining_Identifier
=> Tnn
,
4007 Object_Definition
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ttyp
, Loc
)));
4009 -- Now process the alternatives
4011 Alt
:= First
(Alternatives
(N
));
4012 while Present
(Alt
) loop
4014 Aexp
: Node_Id
:= Expression
(Alt
);
4015 Aloc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Aexp
);
4018 if not Is_Scalar_Type
(Typ
) then
4020 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Aloc
,
4021 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Aexp
),
4022 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Unrestricted_Access
);
4026 (Alternatives
(Cstmt
),
4027 Make_Case_Statement_Alternative
(Sloc
(Alt
),
4028 Discrete_Choices
=> Discrete_Choices
(Alt
),
4029 Statements
=> New_List
(
4030 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Aloc
,
4031 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
),
4032 Expression
=> Aexp
))));
4038 Append_To
(Actions
, Cstmt
);
4040 -- Construct and return final expression with actions
4042 if Is_Scalar_Type
(Typ
) then
4043 Fexp
:= New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
);
4046 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
4047 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
));
4051 Make_Expression_With_Actions
(Loc
,
4053 Actions
=> Actions
));
4055 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
4056 end Expand_N_Case_Expression
;
4058 -------------------------------------
4059 -- Expand_N_Conditional_Expression --
4060 -------------------------------------
4062 -- Deal with limited types and expression actions
4064 procedure Expand_N_Conditional_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4065 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
4066 Cond
: constant Node_Id
:= First
(Expressions
(N
));
4067 Thenx
: constant Node_Id
:= Next
(Cond
);
4068 Elsex
: constant Node_Id
:= Next
(Thenx
);
4069 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
4080 -- Fold at compile time if condition known. We have already folded
4081 -- static conditional expressions, but it is possible to fold any
4082 -- case in which the condition is known at compile time, even though
4083 -- the result is non-static.
4085 -- Note that we don't do the fold of such cases in Sem_Elab because
4086 -- it can cause infinite loops with the expander adding a conditional
4087 -- expression, and Sem_Elab circuitry removing it repeatedly.
4089 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Cond
) then
4090 if Is_True
(Expr_Value
(Cond
)) then
4092 Actions
:= Then_Actions
(N
);
4095 Actions
:= Else_Actions
(N
);
4100 if Present
(Actions
) then
4102 -- If we are not allowed to use Expression_With_Actions, just
4103 -- skip the optimization, it is not critical for correctness.
4105 if not Use_Expression_With_Actions
then
4106 goto Skip_Optimization
;
4110 Make_Expression_With_Actions
(Loc
,
4111 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Expr
),
4112 Actions
=> Actions
));
4113 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
4116 Rewrite
(N
, Relocate_Node
(Expr
));
4119 -- Note that the result is never static (legitimate cases of static
4120 -- conditional expressions were folded in Sem_Eval).
4122 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(N
, False);
4126 <<Skip_Optimization
>>
4128 -- If the type is limited or unconstrained, we expand as follows to
4129 -- avoid any possibility of improper copies.
4131 -- Note: it may be possible to avoid this special processing if the
4132 -- back end uses its own mechanisms for handling by-reference types ???
4134 -- type Ptr is access all Typ;
4138 -- Cnn := then-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4141 -- Cnn := else-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4144 -- and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn.all.
4146 -- This special case can be skipped if the back end handles limited
4147 -- types properly and ensures that no incorrect copies are made.
4149 if Is_By_Reference_Type
(Typ
)
4150 and then not Back_End_Handles_Limited_Types
4152 Cnn
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'C', N
);
4155 Make_Full_Type_Declaration
(Loc
,
4156 Defining_Identifier
=> Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'A'),
4158 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition
(Loc
,
4159 All_Present
=> True,
4160 Subtype_Indication
=>
4161 New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)));
4163 Insert_Action
(N
, P_Decl
);
4166 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
4167 Defining_Identifier
=> Cnn
,
4168 Object_Definition
=>
4169 New_Occurrence_Of
(Defining_Identifier
(P_Decl
), Loc
));
4172 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(N
,
4173 Condition
=> Relocate_Node
(Cond
),
4175 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
4176 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Sloc
(Thenx
),
4177 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Sloc
(Thenx
)),
4179 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4180 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Unrestricted_Access
,
4181 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Thenx
)))),
4183 Else_Statements
=> New_List
(
4184 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Sloc
(Elsex
),
4185 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Sloc
(Elsex
)),
4187 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4188 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Unrestricted_Access
,
4189 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Elsex
)))));
4192 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
4193 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Loc
));
4195 -- For other types, we only need to expand if there are other actions
4196 -- associated with either branch.
4198 elsif Present
(Then_Actions
(N
)) or else Present
(Else_Actions
(N
)) then
4200 -- We have two approaches to handling this. If we are allowed to use
4201 -- N_Expression_With_Actions, then we can just wrap the actions into
4202 -- the appropriate expression.
4204 if Use_Expression_With_Actions
then
4205 if Present
(Then_Actions
(N
)) then
4207 Make_Expression_With_Actions
(Sloc
(Thenx
),
4208 Actions
=> Then_Actions
(N
),
4209 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Thenx
)));
4210 Set_Then_Actions
(N
, No_List
);
4211 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Thenx
, Typ
);
4214 if Present
(Else_Actions
(N
)) then
4216 Make_Expression_With_Actions
(Sloc
(Elsex
),
4217 Actions
=> Else_Actions
(N
),
4218 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Elsex
)));
4219 Set_Else_Actions
(N
, No_List
);
4220 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Elsex
, Typ
);
4225 -- if we can't use N_Expression_With_Actions nodes, then we insert
4226 -- the following sequence of actions (using Insert_Actions):
4231 -- Cnn := then-expr;
4237 -- and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn
4240 Cnn
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'C', N
);
4243 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
4244 Defining_Identifier
=> Cnn
,
4245 Object_Definition
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Typ
, Loc
));
4248 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(N
,
4249 Condition
=> Relocate_Node
(Cond
),
4251 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
4252 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Sloc
(Thenx
),
4253 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Sloc
(Thenx
)),
4254 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Thenx
))),
4256 Else_Statements
=> New_List
(
4257 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Sloc
(Elsex
),
4258 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Sloc
(Elsex
)),
4259 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Elsex
))));
4261 Set_Assignment_OK
(Name
(First
(Then_Statements
(New_If
))));
4262 Set_Assignment_OK
(Name
(First
(Else_Statements
(New_If
))));
4264 New_N
:= New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Loc
);
4267 -- If no actions then no expansion needed, gigi will handle it using
4268 -- the same approach as a C conditional expression.
4274 -- Fall through here for either the limited expansion, or the case of
4275 -- inserting actions for non-limited types. In both these cases, we must
4276 -- move the SLOC of the parent If statement to the newly created one and
4277 -- change it to the SLOC of the expression which, after expansion, will
4278 -- correspond to what is being evaluated.
4280 if Present
(Parent
(N
))
4281 and then Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_If_Statement
4283 Set_Sloc
(New_If
, Sloc
(Parent
(N
)));
4284 Set_Sloc
(Parent
(N
), Loc
);
4287 -- Make sure Then_Actions and Else_Actions are appropriately moved
4288 -- to the new if statement.
4290 if Present
(Then_Actions
(N
)) then
4292 (First
(Then_Statements
(New_If
)), Then_Actions
(N
));
4295 if Present
(Else_Actions
(N
)) then
4297 (First
(Else_Statements
(New_If
)), Else_Actions
(N
));
4300 Insert_Action
(N
, Decl
);
4301 Insert_Action
(N
, New_If
);
4303 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
4304 end Expand_N_Conditional_Expression
;
4306 -----------------------------------
4307 -- Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference --
4308 -----------------------------------
4310 procedure Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4312 -- Insert explicit dereference call for the checked storage pool case
4314 Insert_Dereference_Action
(Prefix
(N
));
4315 end Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference
;
4321 procedure Expand_N_In
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4322 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
4323 Restyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
4324 Lop
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
4325 Rop
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
4326 Static
: constant Boolean := Is_OK_Static_Expression
(N
);
4331 procedure Expand_Set_Membership
;
4332 -- For each choice we create a simple equality or membership test.
4333 -- The whole membership is rewritten connecting these with OR ELSE.
4335 ---------------------------
4336 -- Expand_Set_Membership --
4337 ---------------------------
4339 procedure Expand_Set_Membership
is
4343 function Make_Cond
(Alt
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
4344 -- If the alternative is a subtype mark, create a simple membership
4345 -- test. Otherwise create an equality test for it.
4351 function Make_Cond
(Alt
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
is
4353 L
: constant Node_Id
:= New_Copy
(Lop
);
4354 R
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Alt
);
4357 if (Is_Entity_Name
(Alt
) and then Is_Type
(Entity
(Alt
)))
4358 or else Nkind
(Alt
) = N_Range
4361 Make_In
(Sloc
(Alt
),
4366 Make_Op_Eq
(Sloc
(Alt
),
4374 -- Start of processing for Expand_Set_Membership
4377 Alt
:= Last
(Alternatives
(N
));
4378 Res
:= Make_Cond
(Alt
);
4381 while Present
(Alt
) loop
4383 Make_Or_Else
(Sloc
(Alt
),
4384 Left_Opnd
=> Make_Cond
(Alt
),
4390 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
4391 end Expand_Set_Membership
;
4393 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check
;
4394 -- Replaces node N by Lop'Valid. This is done when we have an explicit
4395 -- test for the left operand being in range of its subtype.
4397 ----------------------------
4398 -- Substitute_Valid_Check --
4399 ----------------------------
4401 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check
is
4404 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4405 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Lop
),
4406 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Valid
));
4408 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Restyp
);
4410 Error_Msg_N
("?explicit membership test may be optimized away", N
);
4411 Error_Msg_N
-- CODEFIX
4412 ("\?use ''Valid attribute instead", N
);
4414 end Substitute_Valid_Check
;
4416 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_In
4419 -- If set membership case, expand with separate procedure
4421 if Present
(Alternatives
(N
)) then
4422 Remove_Side_Effects
(Lop
);
4423 Expand_Set_Membership
;
4427 -- Not set membership, proceed with expansion
4429 Ltyp
:= Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
4430 Rtyp
:= Etype
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
4432 -- Check case of explicit test for an expression in range of its
4433 -- subtype. This is suspicious usage and we replace it with a 'Valid
4434 -- test and give a warning. For floating point types however, this is a
4435 -- standard way to check for finite numbers, and using 'Valid would
4436 -- typically be a pessimization. Also skip this test for predicated
4437 -- types, since it is perfectly reasonable to check if a value meets
4440 if Is_Scalar_Type
(Ltyp
)
4441 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Ltyp
)
4442 and then Nkind
(Rop
) in N_Has_Entity
4443 and then Ltyp
= Entity
(Rop
)
4444 and then Comes_From_Source
(N
)
4445 and then VM_Target
= No_VM
4446 and then not (Is_Discrete_Type
(Ltyp
)
4447 and then Present
(Predicate_Function
(Ltyp
)))
4449 Substitute_Valid_Check
;
4453 -- Do validity check on operands
4455 if Validity_Checks_On
and Validity_Check_Operands
then
4456 Ensure_Valid
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
4457 Validity_Check_Range
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
4460 -- Case of explicit range
4462 if Nkind
(Rop
) = N_Range
then
4464 Lo
: constant Node_Id
:= Low_Bound
(Rop
);
4465 Hi
: constant Node_Id
:= High_Bound
(Rop
);
4467 Lo_Orig
: constant Node_Id
:= Original_Node
(Lo
);
4468 Hi_Orig
: constant Node_Id
:= Original_Node
(Hi
);
4470 Lcheck
: Compare_Result
;
4471 Ucheck
: Compare_Result
;
4473 Warn1
: constant Boolean :=
4474 Constant_Condition_Warnings
4475 and then Comes_From_Source
(N
)
4476 and then not In_Instance
;
4477 -- This must be true for any of the optimization warnings, we
4478 -- clearly want to give them only for source with the flag on. We
4479 -- also skip these warnings in an instance since it may be the
4480 -- case that different instantiations have different ranges.
4482 Warn2
: constant Boolean :=
4484 and then Nkind
(Original_Node
(Rop
)) = N_Range
4485 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(Lo
));
4486 -- For the case where only one bound warning is elided, we also
4487 -- insist on an explicit range and an integer type. The reason is
4488 -- that the use of enumeration ranges including an end point is
4489 -- common, as is the use of a subtype name, one of whose bounds is
4490 -- the same as the type of the expression.
4493 -- If test is explicit x'First .. x'Last, replace by valid check
4495 -- Could use some individual comments for this complex test ???
4497 if Is_Scalar_Type
(Ltyp
)
4498 and then Nkind
(Lo_Orig
) = N_Attribute_Reference
4499 and then Attribute_Name
(Lo_Orig
) = Name_First
4500 and then Nkind
(Prefix
(Lo_Orig
)) in N_Has_Entity
4501 and then Entity
(Prefix
(Lo_Orig
)) = Ltyp
4502 and then Nkind
(Hi_Orig
) = N_Attribute_Reference
4503 and then Attribute_Name
(Hi_Orig
) = Name_Last
4504 and then Nkind
(Prefix
(Hi_Orig
)) in N_Has_Entity
4505 and then Entity
(Prefix
(Hi_Orig
)) = Ltyp
4506 and then Comes_From_Source
(N
)
4507 and then VM_Target
= No_VM
4509 Substitute_Valid_Check
;
4513 -- If bounds of type are known at compile time, and the end points
4514 -- are known at compile time and identical, this is another case
4515 -- for substituting a valid test. We only do this for discrete
4516 -- types, since it won't arise in practice for float types.
4518 if Comes_From_Source
(N
)
4519 and then Is_Discrete_Type
(Ltyp
)
4520 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Type_High_Bound
(Ltyp
))
4521 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Type_Low_Bound
(Ltyp
))
4522 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lo
)
4523 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Hi
)
4524 and then Expr_Value
(Type_High_Bound
(Ltyp
)) = Expr_Value
(Hi
)
4525 and then Expr_Value
(Type_Low_Bound
(Ltyp
)) = Expr_Value
(Lo
)
4527 -- Kill warnings in instances, since they may be cases where we
4528 -- have a test in the generic that makes sense with some types
4529 -- and not with other types.
4531 and then not In_Instance
4533 Substitute_Valid_Check
;
4537 -- If we have an explicit range, do a bit of optimization based on
4538 -- range analysis (we may be able to kill one or both checks).
4540 Lcheck
:= Compile_Time_Compare
(Lop
, Lo
, Assume_Valid
=> False);
4541 Ucheck
:= Compile_Time_Compare
(Lop
, Hi
, Assume_Valid
=> False);
4543 -- If either check is known to fail, replace result by False since
4544 -- the other check does not matter. Preserve the static flag for
4545 -- legality checks, because we are constant-folding beyond RM 4.9.
4547 if Lcheck
= LT
or else Ucheck
= GT
then
4549 Error_Msg_N
("?range test optimized away", N
);
4550 Error_Msg_N
("\?value is known to be out of range", N
);
4553 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Standard_False
, Loc
));
4554 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Restyp
);
4555 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(N
, Static
);
4558 -- If both checks are known to succeed, replace result by True,
4559 -- since we know we are in range.
4561 elsif Lcheck
in Compare_GE
and then Ucheck
in Compare_LE
then
4563 Error_Msg_N
("?range test optimized away", N
);
4564 Error_Msg_N
("\?value is known to be in range", N
);
4567 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Standard_True
, Loc
));
4568 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Restyp
);
4569 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(N
, Static
);
4572 -- If lower bound check succeeds and upper bound check is not
4573 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4574 -- a comparison against the upper bound.
4576 elsif Lcheck
in Compare_GE
then
4577 if Warn2
and then not In_Instance
then
4578 Error_Msg_N
("?lower bound test optimized away", Lo
);
4579 Error_Msg_N
("\?value is known to be in range", Lo
);
4585 Right_Opnd
=> High_Bound
(Rop
)));
4586 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Restyp
);
4589 -- If upper bound check succeeds and lower bound check is not
4590 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4591 -- a comparison against the lower bound.
4593 elsif Ucheck
in Compare_LE
then
4594 if Warn2
and then not In_Instance
then
4595 Error_Msg_N
("?upper bound test optimized away", Hi
);
4596 Error_Msg_N
("\?value is known to be in range", Hi
);
4602 Right_Opnd
=> Low_Bound
(Rop
)));
4603 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Restyp
);
4607 -- We couldn't optimize away the range check, but there is one
4608 -- more issue. If we are checking constant conditionals, then we
4609 -- see if we can determine the outcome assuming everything is
4610 -- valid, and if so give an appropriate warning.
4612 if Warn1
and then not Assume_No_Invalid_Values
then
4613 Lcheck
:= Compile_Time_Compare
(Lop
, Lo
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
4614 Ucheck
:= Compile_Time_Compare
(Lop
, Hi
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
4616 -- Result is out of range for valid value
4618 if Lcheck
= LT
or else Ucheck
= GT
then
4620 ("?value can only be in range if it is invalid", N
);
4622 -- Result is in range for valid value
4624 elsif Lcheck
in Compare_GE
and then Ucheck
in Compare_LE
then
4626 ("?value can only be out of range if it is invalid", N
);
4628 -- Lower bound check succeeds if value is valid
4630 elsif Warn2
and then Lcheck
in Compare_GE
then
4632 ("?lower bound check only fails if it is invalid", Lo
);
4634 -- Upper bound check succeeds if value is valid
4636 elsif Warn2
and then Ucheck
in Compare_LE
then
4638 ("?upper bound check only fails for invalid values", Hi
);
4643 -- For all other cases of an explicit range, nothing to be done
4647 -- Here right operand is a subtype mark
4651 Typ
: Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Rop
);
4652 Is_Acc
: constant Boolean := Is_Access_Type
(Typ
);
4653 Cond
: Node_Id
:= Empty
;
4655 Obj
: Node_Id
:= Lop
;
4656 SCIL_Node
: Node_Id
;
4659 Remove_Side_Effects
(Obj
);
4661 -- For tagged type, do tagged membership operation
4663 if Is_Tagged_Type
(Typ
) then
4665 -- No expansion will be performed when VM_Target, as the VM
4666 -- back-ends will handle the membership tests directly (tags
4667 -- are not explicitly represented in Java objects, so the
4668 -- normal tagged membership expansion is not what we want).
4670 if Tagged_Type_Expansion
then
4671 Tagged_Membership
(N
, SCIL_Node
, New_N
);
4673 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Restyp
);
4675 -- Update decoration of relocated node referenced by the
4678 if Generate_SCIL
and then Present
(SCIL_Node
) then
4679 Set_SCIL_Node
(N
, SCIL_Node
);
4685 -- If type is scalar type, rewrite as x in t'First .. t'Last.
4686 -- This reason we do this is that the bounds may have the wrong
4687 -- type if they come from the original type definition. Also this
4688 -- way we get all the processing above for an explicit range.
4690 -- Don't do this for predicated types, since in this case we
4691 -- want to check the predicate!
4693 elsif Is_Scalar_Type
(Typ
) then
4694 if No
(Predicate_Function
(Typ
)) then
4698 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4699 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
,
4700 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)),
4703 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4704 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Last
,
4705 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
))));
4706 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Restyp
);
4711 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
4712 -- a membership test if the subtype mark denotes a constrained
4713 -- Unchecked_Union subtype and the expression lacks inferable
4716 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union
(Base_Type
(Typ
))
4717 and then Is_Constrained
(Typ
)
4718 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Lop
)
4721 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
4722 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
));
4724 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
4727 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
));
4731 -- Here we have a non-scalar type
4734 Typ
:= Designated_Type
(Typ
);
4737 if not Is_Constrained
(Typ
) then
4738 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Standard_True
, Loc
));
4739 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Restyp
);
4741 -- For the constrained array case, we have to check the subscripts
4742 -- for an exact match if the lengths are non-zero (the lengths
4743 -- must match in any case).
4745 elsif Is_Array_Type
(Typ
) then
4746 Check_Subscripts
: declare
4747 function Build_Attribute_Reference
4750 Dim
: Nat
) return Node_Id
;
4751 -- Build attribute reference E'Nam (Dim)
4753 -------------------------------
4754 -- Build_Attribute_Reference --
4755 -------------------------------
4757 function Build_Attribute_Reference
4760 Dim
: Nat
) return Node_Id
4764 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4766 Attribute_Name
=> Nam
,
4767 Expressions
=> New_List
(
4768 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Dim
)));
4769 end Build_Attribute_Reference
;
4771 -- Start of processing for Check_Subscripts
4774 for J
in 1 .. Number_Dimensions
(Typ
) loop
4775 Evolve_And_Then
(Cond
,
4778 Build_Attribute_Reference
4779 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Obj
),
4782 Build_Attribute_Reference
4783 (New_Occurrence_Of
(Typ
, Loc
), Name_First
, J
)));
4785 Evolve_And_Then
(Cond
,
4788 Build_Attribute_Reference
4789 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Obj
),
4792 Build_Attribute_Reference
4793 (New_Occurrence_Of
(Typ
, Loc
), Name_Last
, J
)));
4802 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Null
(Loc
)),
4803 Right_Opnd
=> Cond
);
4807 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Restyp
);
4808 end Check_Subscripts
;
4810 -- These are the cases where constraint checks may be required,
4811 -- e.g. records with possible discriminants
4814 -- Expand the test into a series of discriminant comparisons.
4815 -- The expression that is built is the negation of the one that
4816 -- is used for checking discriminant constraints.
4818 Obj
:= Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
4820 if Has_Discriminants
(Typ
) then
4821 Cond
:= Make_Op_Not
(Loc
,
4822 Right_Opnd
=> Build_Discriminant_Checks
(Obj
, Typ
));
4825 Cond
:= Make_Or_Else
(Loc
,
4829 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Null
(Loc
)),
4830 Right_Opnd
=> Cond
);
4834 Cond
:= New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_True
, Loc
);
4838 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Restyp
);
4843 -- At this point, we have done the processing required for the basic
4844 -- membership test, but not yet dealt with the predicate.
4848 -- If a predicate is present, then we do the predicate test, but we
4849 -- most certainly want to omit this if we are within the predicate
4850 -- function itself, since otherwise we have an infinite recursion!
4853 PFunc
: constant Entity_Id
:= Predicate_Function
(Rtyp
);
4857 and then Current_Scope
/= PFunc
4861 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(N
),
4862 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Predicate_Call
(Rtyp
, Lop
)));
4864 -- Analyze new expression, mark left operand as analyzed to
4865 -- avoid infinite recursion adding predicate calls.
4867 Set_Analyzed
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
4868 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
4870 -- All done, skip attempt at compile time determination of result
4877 --------------------------------
4878 -- Expand_N_Indexed_Component --
4879 --------------------------------
4881 procedure Expand_N_Indexed_Component
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4882 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
4883 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
4884 P
: constant Node_Id
:= Prefix
(N
);
4885 T
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(P
);
4888 -- A special optimization, if we have an indexed component that is
4889 -- selecting from a slice, then we can eliminate the slice, since, for
4890 -- example, x (i .. j)(k) is identical to x(k). The only difference is
4891 -- the range check required by the slice. The range check for the slice
4892 -- itself has already been generated. The range check for the
4893 -- subscripting operation is ensured by converting the subject to
4894 -- the subtype of the slice.
4896 -- This optimization not only generates better code, avoiding slice
4897 -- messing especially in the packed case, but more importantly bypasses
4898 -- some problems in handling this peculiar case, for example, the issue
4899 -- of dealing specially with object renamings.
4901 if Nkind
(P
) = N_Slice
then
4903 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
4904 Prefix
=> Prefix
(P
),
4905 Expressions
=> New_List
(
4907 (Etype
(First_Index
(Etype
(P
))),
4908 First
(Expressions
(N
))))));
4909 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
4913 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
4914 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
4916 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_2005
4917 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call
(P
)
4919 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context
(P
);
4922 -- If the prefix is an access type, then we unconditionally rewrite if
4923 -- as an explicit dereference. This simplifies processing for several
4924 -- cases, including packed array cases and certain cases in which checks
4925 -- must be generated. We used to try to do this only when it was
4926 -- necessary, but it cleans up the code to do it all the time.
4928 if Is_Access_Type
(T
) then
4929 Insert_Explicit_Dereference
(P
);
4930 Analyze_And_Resolve
(P
, Designated_Type
(T
));
4933 -- Generate index and validity checks
4935 Generate_Index_Checks
(N
);
4937 if Validity_Checks_On
and then Validity_Check_Subscripts
then
4938 Apply_Subscript_Validity_Checks
(N
);
4941 -- All done for the non-packed case
4943 if not Is_Packed
(Etype
(Prefix
(N
))) then
4947 -- For packed arrays that are not bit-packed (i.e. the case of an array
4948 -- with one or more index types with a non-contiguous enumeration type),
4949 -- we can always use the normal packed element get circuit.
4951 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array
(Etype
(Prefix
(N
))) then
4952 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference
(N
);
4956 -- For a reference to a component of a bit packed array, we have to
4957 -- convert it to a reference to the corresponding Packed_Array_Type.
4958 -- We only want to do this for simple references, and not for:
4960 -- Left side of assignment, or prefix of left side of assignment, or
4961 -- prefix of the prefix, to handle packed arrays of packed arrays,
4962 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch5.Expand_N_Assignment_Statement
4964 -- Renaming objects in renaming associations
4965 -- This case is handled when a use of the renamed variable occurs
4967 -- Actual parameters for a procedure call
4968 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch6.Expand_Actuals
4970 -- The second expression in a 'Read attribute reference
4972 -- The prefix of an address or bit or size attribute reference
4974 -- The following circuit detects these exceptions
4977 Child
: Node_Id
:= N
;
4978 Parnt
: Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
4982 if Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Unchecked_Expression
then
4985 elsif Nkind_In
(Parnt
, N_Object_Renaming_Declaration
,
4986 N_Procedure_Call_Statement
)
4987 or else (Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Parameter_Association
4989 Nkind
(Parent
(Parnt
)) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
)
4993 elsif Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Attribute_Reference
4994 and then (Attribute_Name
(Parnt
) = Name_Address
4996 Attribute_Name
(Parnt
) = Name_Bit
4998 Attribute_Name
(Parnt
) = Name_Size
)
4999 and then Prefix
(Parnt
) = Child
5003 elsif Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Assignment_Statement
5004 and then Name
(Parnt
) = Child
5008 -- If the expression is an index of an indexed component, it must
5009 -- be expanded regardless of context.
5011 elsif Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Indexed_Component
5012 and then Child
/= Prefix
(Parnt
)
5014 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference
(N
);
5017 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(Parnt
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
5018 and then Name
(Parent
(Parnt
)) = Parnt
5022 elsif Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Attribute_Reference
5023 and then Attribute_Name
(Parnt
) = Name_Read
5024 and then Next
(First
(Expressions
(Parnt
))) = Child
5028 elsif Nkind_In
(Parnt
, N_Indexed_Component
, N_Selected_Component
)
5029 and then Prefix
(Parnt
) = Child
5034 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference
(N
);
5038 -- Keep looking up tree for unchecked expression, or if we are the
5039 -- prefix of a possible assignment left side.
5042 Parnt
:= Parent
(Child
);
5045 end Expand_N_Indexed_Component
;
5047 ---------------------
5048 -- Expand_N_Not_In --
5049 ---------------------
5051 -- Replace a not in b by not (a in b) so that the expansions for (a in b)
5052 -- can be done. This avoids needing to duplicate this expansion code.
5054 procedure Expand_N_Not_In
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5055 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
5056 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
5057 Cfs
: constant Boolean := Comes_From_Source
(N
);
5064 Left_Opnd
=> Left_Opnd
(N
),
5065 Right_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(N
))));
5067 -- If this is a set membership, preserve list of alternatives
5069 Set_Alternatives
(Right_Opnd
(N
), Alternatives
(Original_Node
(N
)));
5071 -- We want this to appear as coming from source if original does (see
5072 -- transformations in Expand_N_In).
5074 Set_Comes_From_Source
(N
, Cfs
);
5075 Set_Comes_From_Source
(Right_Opnd
(N
), Cfs
);
5077 -- Now analyze transformed node
5079 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
5080 end Expand_N_Not_In
;
5086 -- The only replacement required is for the case of a null of a type that
5087 -- is an access to protected subprogram, or a subtype thereof. We represent
5088 -- such access values as a record, and so we must replace the occurrence of
5089 -- null by the equivalent record (with a null address and a null pointer in
5090 -- it), so that the backend creates the proper value.
5092 procedure Expand_N_Null
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5093 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
5094 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(N
));
5098 if Is_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type
(Typ
) then
5100 Make_Aggregate
(Loc
,
5101 Expressions
=> New_List
(
5102 New_Occurrence_Of
(RTE
(RE_Null_Address
), Loc
),
5106 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Equivalent_Type
(Typ
));
5108 -- For subsequent semantic analysis, the node must retain its type.
5109 -- Gigi in any case replaces this type by the corresponding record
5110 -- type before processing the node.
5116 when RE_Not_Available
=>
5120 ---------------------
5121 -- Expand_N_Op_Abs --
5122 ---------------------
5124 procedure Expand_N_Op_Abs
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5125 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
5126 Expr
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
5129 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5131 -- Deal with software overflow checking
5133 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
5134 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
))
5135 and then Do_Overflow_Check
(N
)
5137 -- The only case to worry about is when the argument is equal to the
5138 -- largest negative number, so what we do is to insert the check:
5140 -- [constraint_error when Expr = typ'Base'First]
5142 -- with the usual Duplicate_Subexpr use coding for expr
5145 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error
(Loc
,
5148 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Expr
),
5150 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
5152 New_Occurrence_Of
(Base_Type
(Etype
(Expr
)), Loc
),
5153 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
)),
5154 Reason
=> CE_Overflow_Check_Failed
));
5157 -- Vax floating-point types case
5159 if Vax_Float
(Etype
(N
)) then
5160 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
5162 end Expand_N_Op_Abs
;
5164 ---------------------
5165 -- Expand_N_Op_Add --
5166 ---------------------
5168 procedure Expand_N_Op_Add
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5169 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
5172 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5174 -- N + 0 = 0 + N = N for integer types
5176 if Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
) then
5177 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right_Opnd
(N
))
5178 and then Expr_Value
(Right_Opnd
(N
)) = Uint_0
5180 Rewrite
(N
, Left_Opnd
(N
));
5183 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Left_Opnd
(N
))
5184 and then Expr_Value
(Left_Opnd
(N
)) = Uint_0
5186 Rewrite
(N
, Right_Opnd
(N
));
5191 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
5193 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Typ
)
5194 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Typ
)
5196 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check
(N
);
5199 -- Vax floating-point types case
5201 elsif Vax_Float
(Typ
) then
5202 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
5204 end Expand_N_Op_Add
;
5206 ---------------------
5207 -- Expand_N_Op_And --
5208 ---------------------
5210 procedure Expand_N_Op_And
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5211 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
5214 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5216 if Is_Array_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
5217 Expand_Boolean_Operator
(N
);
5219 elsif Is_Boolean_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
5221 -- Replace AND by AND THEN if Short_Circuit_And_Or active and the
5222 -- type is standard Boolean (do not mess with AND that uses a non-
5223 -- standard Boolean type, because something strange is going on).
5225 if Short_Circuit_And_Or
and then Typ
= Standard_Boolean
then
5227 Make_And_Then
(Sloc
(N
),
5228 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(N
)),
5229 Right_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(N
))));
5230 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
5232 -- Otherwise, adjust conditions
5235 Adjust_Condition
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
5236 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
5237 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
5238 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
5241 elsif Is_Intrinsic_Subprogram
(Entity
(N
)) then
5242 Expand_Intrinsic_Call
(N
, Entity
(N
));
5245 end Expand_N_Op_And
;
5247 ------------------------
5248 -- Expand_N_Op_Concat --
5249 ------------------------
5251 procedure Expand_N_Op_Concat
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5253 -- List of operands to be concatenated
5256 -- Node which is to be replaced by the result of concatenating the nodes
5257 -- in the list Opnds.
5260 -- Ensure validity of both operands
5262 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5264 -- If we are the left operand of a concatenation higher up the tree,
5265 -- then do nothing for now, since we want to deal with a series of
5266 -- concatenations as a unit.
5268 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Op_Concat
5269 and then N
= Left_Opnd
(Parent
(N
))
5274 -- We get here with a concatenation whose left operand may be a
5275 -- concatenation itself with a consistent type. We need to process
5276 -- these concatenation operands from left to right, which means
5277 -- from the deepest node in the tree to the highest node.
5280 while Nkind
(Left_Opnd
(Cnode
)) = N_Op_Concat
loop
5281 Cnode
:= Left_Opnd
(Cnode
);
5284 -- Now Cnode is the deepest concatenation, and its parents are the
5285 -- concatenation nodes above, so now we process bottom up, doing the
5286 -- operations. We gather a string that is as long as possible up to five
5289 -- The outer loop runs more than once if more than one concatenation
5290 -- type is involved.
5293 Opnds
:= New_List
(Left_Opnd
(Cnode
), Right_Opnd
(Cnode
));
5294 Set_Parent
(Opnds
, N
);
5296 -- The inner loop gathers concatenation operands
5298 Inner
: while Cnode
/= N
5299 and then Base_Type
(Etype
(Cnode
)) =
5300 Base_Type
(Etype
(Parent
(Cnode
)))
5302 Cnode
:= Parent
(Cnode
);
5303 Append
(Right_Opnd
(Cnode
), Opnds
);
5306 Expand_Concatenate
(Cnode
, Opnds
);
5308 exit Outer
when Cnode
= N
;
5309 Cnode
:= Parent
(Cnode
);
5311 end Expand_N_Op_Concat
;
5313 ------------------------
5314 -- Expand_N_Op_Divide --
5315 ------------------------
5317 procedure Expand_N_Op_Divide
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5318 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
5319 Lopnd
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
5320 Ropnd
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
5321 Ltyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Lopnd
);
5322 Rtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Ropnd
);
5323 Typ
: Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
5324 Rknow
: constant Boolean := Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
)
5326 Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Ropnd
);
5330 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5333 Rval
:= Expr_Value
(Ropnd
);
5336 -- N / 1 = N for integer types
5338 if Rknow
and then Rval
= Uint_1
then
5343 -- Convert x / 2 ** y to Shift_Right (x, y). Note that the fact that
5344 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
5345 -- operand is an unsigned integer, as required for this to work.
5347 if Nkind
(Ropnd
) = N_Op_Expon
5348 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift
(Ropnd
)
5350 -- We cannot do this transformation in configurable run time mode if we
5351 -- have 64-bit integers and long shifts are not available.
5355 or else Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target
)
5358 Make_Op_Shift_Right
(Loc
,
5361 Convert_To
(Standard_Natural
, Right_Opnd
(Ropnd
))));
5362 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
5366 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
5368 if Typ
= Universal_Fixed
then
5369 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation
(N
);
5373 -- Divisions with fixed-point results
5375 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Typ
) then
5377 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since
5378 -- from a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
5379 -- operations and will be treated that way.
5381 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
(N
) then
5382 if Is_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
) then
5383 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed
(N
);
5385 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed
(N
);
5389 -- Other cases of division of fixed-point operands. Again we exclude the
5390 -- case where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set.
5392 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Ltyp
) or else
5393 Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Rtyp
))
5394 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
(N
)
5396 if Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
) then
5397 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer
(N
);
5399 pragma Assert
(Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Typ
));
5400 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float
(N
);
5403 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
5404 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
5406 elsif Typ
= Universal_Real
5407 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
)
5410 Convert_To
(Universal_Real
, Relocate_Node
(Ropnd
)));
5412 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Ropnd
, Universal_Real
);
5414 elsif Typ
= Universal_Real
5415 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Ltyp
)
5418 Convert_To
(Universal_Real
, Relocate_Node
(Lopnd
)));
5420 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Lopnd
, Universal_Real
);
5422 -- Non-fixed point cases, do integer zero divide and overflow checks
5424 elsif Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
) then
5425 Apply_Divide_Check
(N
);
5427 -- Check for 64-bit division available, or long shifts if the divisor
5428 -- is a small power of 2 (since such divides will be converted into
5431 if Esize
(Ltyp
) > 32
5432 and then not Support_64_Bit_Divides_On_Target
5435 or else not Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target
5436 or else (Rval
/= Uint_2
and then
5437 Rval
/= Uint_4
and then
5438 Rval
/= Uint_8
and then
5439 Rval
/= Uint_16
and then
5440 Rval
/= Uint_32
and then
5443 Error_Msg_CRT
("64-bit division", N
);
5446 -- Deal with Vax_Float
5448 elsif Vax_Float
(Typ
) then
5449 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
5452 end Expand_N_Op_Divide
;
5454 --------------------
5455 -- Expand_N_Op_Eq --
5456 --------------------
5458 procedure Expand_N_Op_Eq
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5459 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
5460 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
5461 Lhs
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
5462 Rhs
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
5463 Bodies
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
5464 A_Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Lhs
);
5466 Typl
: Entity_Id
:= A_Typ
;
5467 Op_Name
: Entity_Id
;
5470 procedure Build_Equality_Call
(Eq
: Entity_Id
);
5471 -- If a constructed equality exists for the type or for its parent,
5472 -- build and analyze call, adding conversions if the operation is
5475 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
(Typ
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
5476 -- Determines whether a type has a subcomponent of an unconstrained
5477 -- Unchecked_Union subtype. Typ is a record type.
5479 -------------------------
5480 -- Build_Equality_Call --
5481 -------------------------
5483 procedure Build_Equality_Call
(Eq
: Entity_Id
) is
5484 Op_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq
));
5485 L_Exp
: Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Lhs
);
5486 R_Exp
: Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Rhs
);
5489 if Base_Type
(Op_Type
) /= Base_Type
(A_Typ
)
5490 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type
(A_Typ
)
5492 L_Exp
:= OK_Convert_To
(Op_Type
, L_Exp
);
5493 R_Exp
:= OK_Convert_To
(Op_Type
, R_Exp
);
5496 -- If we have an Unchecked_Union, we need to add the inferred
5497 -- discriminant values as actuals in the function call. At this
5498 -- point, the expansion has determined that both operands have
5499 -- inferable discriminants.
5501 if Is_Unchecked_Union
(Op_Type
) then
5503 Lhs_Type
: constant Node_Id
:= Etype
(L_Exp
);
5504 Rhs_Type
: constant Node_Id
:= Etype
(R_Exp
);
5505 Lhs_Discr_Val
: Node_Id
;
5506 Rhs_Discr_Val
: Node_Id
;
5509 -- Per-object constrained selected components require special
5510 -- attention. If the enclosing scope of the component is an
5511 -- Unchecked_Union, we cannot reference its discriminants
5512 -- directly. This is why we use the two extra parameters of
5513 -- the equality function of the enclosing Unchecked_Union.
5515 -- type UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is
5518 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (UU_Type);
5520 -- 1. Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5522 -- type Enclosing_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is record
5524 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5526 -- end Enclosing_UU_Type;
5527 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (Enclosing_UU_Type);
5529 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_UU_Type;
5530 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_UU_Type (1);
5532 -- [. . .] Obj1 = Obj2 [. . .]
5536 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp, a, b)) then
5538 -- A and B are the formal parameters of the equality function
5539 -- of Enclosing_UU_Type. The function always has two extra
5540 -- formals to capture the inferred discriminant values.
5542 -- 2. Non-Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5545 -- Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0)
5548 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5550 -- end Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5552 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5553 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (1);
5555 -- ... Obj1 = Obj2 ...
5559 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp,
5560 -- obj1.discr, obj2.discr)) then
5562 -- In this case we can directly reference the discriminants of
5563 -- the enclosing record.
5567 if Nkind
(Lhs
) = N_Selected_Component
5568 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5569 (Entity
(Selector_Name
(Lhs
)))
5571 -- Enclosing record is an Unchecked_Union, use formal A
5573 if Is_Unchecked_Union
5574 (Scope
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(Lhs
))))
5576 Lhs_Discr_Val
:= Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_A
);
5578 -- Enclosing record is of a non-Unchecked_Union type, it is
5579 -- possible to reference the discriminant.
5583 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
5584 Prefix
=> Prefix
(Lhs
),
5587 (Get_Discriminant_Value
5588 (First_Discriminant
(Lhs_Type
),
5590 Stored_Constraint
(Lhs_Type
))));
5593 -- Comment needed here ???
5596 -- Infer the discriminant value
5600 (Get_Discriminant_Value
5601 (First_Discriminant
(Lhs_Type
),
5603 Stored_Constraint
(Lhs_Type
)));
5608 if Nkind
(Rhs
) = N_Selected_Component
5609 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5610 (Entity
(Selector_Name
(Rhs
)))
5612 if Is_Unchecked_Union
5613 (Scope
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(Rhs
))))
5615 Rhs_Discr_Val
:= Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_B
);
5619 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
5620 Prefix
=> Prefix
(Rhs
),
5622 New_Copy
(Get_Discriminant_Value
(
5623 First_Discriminant
(Rhs_Type
),
5625 Stored_Constraint
(Rhs_Type
))));
5630 New_Copy
(Get_Discriminant_Value
(
5631 First_Discriminant
(Rhs_Type
),
5633 Stored_Constraint
(Rhs_Type
)));
5638 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
5639 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq
, Loc
),
5640 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
5647 -- Normal case, not an unchecked union
5651 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
5652 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq
, Loc
),
5653 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(L_Exp
, R_Exp
)));
5656 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
5657 end Build_Equality_Call
;
5659 ------------------------------------
5660 -- Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component --
5661 ------------------------------------
5663 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5664 (Typ
: Node_Id
) return Boolean
5666 Tdef
: constant Node_Id
:=
5667 Type_Definition
(Declaration_Node
(Base_Type
(Typ
)));
5671 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5672 (Comp
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
5673 -- Determines whether the subtype of the component is an
5674 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union.
5676 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5677 (Variant
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
5678 -- Determines whether a component of the variant has an unconstrained
5679 -- Unchecked_Union subtype.
5681 -----------------------------------
5682 -- Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5683 -----------------------------------
5685 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5686 (Comp
: Node_Id
) return Boolean
5689 if Nkind
(Comp
) /= N_Component_Declaration
then
5694 Sindic
: constant Node_Id
:=
5695 Subtype_Indication
(Component_Definition
(Comp
));
5698 -- Unconstrained nominal type. In the case of a constraint
5699 -- present, the node kind would have been N_Subtype_Indication.
5701 if Nkind
(Sindic
) = N_Identifier
then
5702 return Is_Unchecked_Union
(Base_Type
(Etype
(Sindic
)));
5707 end Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
;
5709 ---------------------------------
5710 -- Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5711 ---------------------------------
5713 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5714 (Variant
: Node_Id
) return Boolean
5716 Clist
: constant Node_Id
:= Component_List
(Variant
);
5719 if Is_Empty_List
(Component_Items
(Clist
)) then
5723 -- We only need to test one component
5726 Comp
: Node_Id
:= First
(Component_Items
(Clist
));
5729 while Present
(Comp
) loop
5730 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
(Comp
) then
5738 -- None of the components withing the variant were of
5739 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union type.
5742 end Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
;
5744 -- Start of processing for Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5747 if Null_Present
(Tdef
) then
5751 Clist
:= Component_List
(Tdef
);
5752 Vpart
:= Variant_Part
(Clist
);
5754 -- Inspect available components
5756 if Present
(Component_Items
(Clist
)) then
5758 Comp
: Node_Id
:= First
(Component_Items
(Clist
));
5761 while Present
(Comp
) loop
5763 -- One component is sufficient
5765 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
(Comp
) then
5774 -- Inspect available components withing variants
5776 if Present
(Vpart
) then
5778 Variant
: Node_Id
:= First
(Variants
(Vpart
));
5781 while Present
(Variant
) loop
5783 -- One component within a variant is sufficient
5785 if Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
(Variant
) then
5794 -- Neither the available components, nor the components inside the
5795 -- variant parts were of an unconstrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
5798 end Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
;
5800 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Op_Eq
5803 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5805 if Ekind
(Typl
) = E_Private_Type
then
5806 Typl
:= Underlying_Type
(Typl
);
5807 elsif Ekind
(Typl
) = E_Private_Subtype
then
5808 Typl
:= Underlying_Type
(Base_Type
(Typl
));
5813 -- It may happen in error situations that the underlying type is not
5814 -- set. The error will be detected later, here we just defend the
5821 Typl
:= Base_Type
(Typl
);
5823 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
5825 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typl
) then
5826 Adjust_Condition
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
5827 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
5828 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
5829 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
5833 elsif Is_Array_Type
(Typl
) then
5835 -- If we are doing full validity checking, and it is possible for the
5836 -- array elements to be invalid then expand out array comparisons to
5837 -- make sure that we check the array elements.
5839 if Validity_Check_Operands
5840 and then not Is_Known_Valid
(Component_Type
(Typl
))
5843 Save_Force_Validity_Checks
: constant Boolean :=
5844 Force_Validity_Checks
;
5846 Force_Validity_Checks
:= True;
5848 Expand_Array_Equality
5850 Relocate_Node
(Lhs
),
5851 Relocate_Node
(Rhs
),
5854 Insert_Actions
(N
, Bodies
);
5855 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
5856 Force_Validity_Checks
:= Save_Force_Validity_Checks
;
5859 -- Packed case where both operands are known aligned
5861 elsif Is_Bit_Packed_Array
(Typl
)
5862 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Lhs
)
5863 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Rhs
)
5865 Expand_Packed_Eq
(N
);
5867 -- Where the component type is elementary we can use a block bit
5868 -- comparison (if supported on the target) exception in the case
5869 -- of floating-point (negative zero issues require element by
5870 -- element comparison), and atomic types (where we must be sure
5871 -- to load elements independently) and possibly unaligned arrays.
5873 elsif Is_Elementary_Type
(Component_Type
(Typl
))
5874 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Component_Type
(Typl
))
5875 and then not Is_Atomic
(Component_Type
(Typl
))
5876 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Lhs
)
5877 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Rhs
)
5878 and then Support_Composite_Compare_On_Target
5882 -- For composite and floating-point cases, expand equality loop to
5883 -- make sure of using proper comparisons for tagged types, and
5884 -- correctly handling the floating-point case.
5888 Expand_Array_Equality
5890 Relocate_Node
(Lhs
),
5891 Relocate_Node
(Rhs
),
5894 Insert_Actions
(N
, Bodies
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
5895 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
5900 elsif Is_Record_Type
(Typl
) then
5902 -- For tagged types, use the primitive "="
5904 if Is_Tagged_Type
(Typl
) then
5906 -- No need to do anything else compiling under restriction
5907 -- No_Dispatching_Calls. During the semantic analysis we
5908 -- already notified such violation.
5910 if Restriction_Active
(No_Dispatching_Calls
) then
5914 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with
5915 -- a tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the
5916 -- primitive operations of the private type. This check should no
5917 -- longer be necessary when these types get their full views???
5919 if Is_Private_Type
(A_Typ
)
5920 and then not Is_Tagged_Type
(A_Typ
)
5921 and then Is_Derived_Type
(A_Typ
)
5922 and then No
(Full_View
(A_Typ
))
5924 -- Search for equality operation, checking that the operands
5925 -- have the same type. Note that we must find a matching entry,
5926 -- or something is very wrong!
5928 Prim
:= First_Elmt
(Collect_Primitive_Operations
(A_Typ
));
5930 while Present
(Prim
) loop
5931 exit when Chars
(Node
(Prim
)) = Name_Op_Eq
5932 and then Etype
(First_Formal
(Node
(Prim
))) =
5933 Etype
(Next_Formal
(First_Formal
(Node
(Prim
))))
5935 Base_Type
(Etype
(Node
(Prim
))) = Standard_Boolean
;
5940 pragma Assert
(Present
(Prim
));
5941 Op_Name
:= Node
(Prim
);
5943 -- Find the type's predefined equality or an overriding
5944 -- user- defined equality. The reason for not simply calling
5945 -- Find_Prim_Op here is that there may be a user-defined
5946 -- overloaded equality op that precedes the equality that we want,
5947 -- so we have to explicitly search (e.g., there could be an
5948 -- equality with two different parameter types).
5951 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Typl
) then
5952 Typl
:= Root_Type
(Typl
);
5955 Prim
:= First_Elmt
(Primitive_Operations
(Typl
));
5956 while Present
(Prim
) loop
5957 exit when Chars
(Node
(Prim
)) = Name_Op_Eq
5958 and then Etype
(First_Formal
(Node
(Prim
))) =
5959 Etype
(Next_Formal
(First_Formal
(Node
(Prim
))))
5961 Base_Type
(Etype
(Node
(Prim
))) = Standard_Boolean
;
5966 pragma Assert
(Present
(Prim
));
5967 Op_Name
:= Node
(Prim
);
5970 Build_Equality_Call
(Op_Name
);
5972 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating the
5973 -- predefined equality operator for a type which has a subcomponent
5974 -- of an Unchecked_Union type whose nominal subtype is unconstrained.
5976 elsif Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
(Typl
) then
5978 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
5979 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
));
5981 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
5982 -- equality as a standard False.
5985 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
));
5987 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union
(Typl
) then
5989 -- If we can infer the discriminants of the operands, we make a
5990 -- call to the TSS equality function.
5992 if Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Lhs
)
5994 Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Rhs
)
5997 (TSS
(Root_Type
(Typl
), TSS_Composite_Equality
));
6000 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
6001 -- the predefined equality operator for an Unchecked_Union type
6002 -- if either of the operands lack inferable discriminants.
6005 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
6006 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
));
6008 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
6009 -- the equality as a standard False.
6012 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
));
6016 -- If a type support function is present (for complex cases), use it
6018 elsif Present
(TSS
(Root_Type
(Typl
), TSS_Composite_Equality
)) then
6020 (TSS
(Root_Type
(Typl
), TSS_Composite_Equality
));
6022 -- Otherwise expand the component by component equality. Note that
6023 -- we never use block-bit comparisons for records, because of the
6024 -- problems with gaps. The backend will often be able to recombine
6025 -- the separate comparisons that we generate here.
6028 Remove_Side_Effects
(Lhs
);
6029 Remove_Side_Effects
(Rhs
);
6031 Expand_Record_Equality
(N
, Typl
, Lhs
, Rhs
, Bodies
));
6033 Insert_Actions
(N
, Bodies
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
6034 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
6038 -- Test if result is known at compile time
6040 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6042 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
6044 if Vax_Float
(Typl
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6045 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6050 -----------------------
6051 -- Expand_N_Op_Expon --
6052 -----------------------
6054 procedure Expand_N_Op_Expon
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6055 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6056 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6057 Rtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Root_Type
(Typ
);
6058 Base
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
6059 Bastyp
: constant Node_Id
:= Etype
(Base
);
6060 Exp
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
6061 Exptyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Exp
);
6062 Ovflo
: constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check
(N
);
6071 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6073 -- If either operand is of a private type, then we have the use of an
6074 -- intrinsic operator, and we get rid of the privateness, by using root
6075 -- types of underlying types for the actual operation. Otherwise the
6076 -- private types will cause trouble if we expand multiplications or
6077 -- shifts etc. We also do this transformation if the result type is
6078 -- different from the base type.
6080 if Is_Private_Type
(Etype
(Base
))
6082 Is_Private_Type
(Typ
)
6084 Is_Private_Type
(Exptyp
)
6086 Rtyp
/= Root_Type
(Bastyp
)
6089 Bt
: constant Entity_Id
:= Root_Type
(Underlying_Type
(Bastyp
));
6090 Et
: constant Entity_Id
:= Root_Type
(Underlying_Type
(Exptyp
));
6094 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
,
6096 Left_Opnd
=> Unchecked_Convert_To
(Bt
, Base
),
6097 Right_Opnd
=> Unchecked_Convert_To
(Et
, Exp
))));
6098 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6103 -- Test for case of known right argument
6105 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Exp
) then
6106 Expv
:= Expr_Value
(Exp
);
6108 -- We only fold small non-negative exponents. You might think we
6109 -- could fold small negative exponents for the real case, but we
6110 -- can't because we are required to raise Constraint_Error for
6111 -- the case of 0.0 ** (negative) even if Machine_Overflows = False.
6112 -- See ACVC test C4A012B.
6114 if Expv
>= 0 and then Expv
<= 4 then
6116 -- X ** 0 = 1 (or 1.0)
6120 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects
6121 -- in the ignored left operand (in particular function calls
6122 -- to user defined functions) are properly executed.
6124 Remove_Side_Effects
(Base
);
6126 if Ekind
(Typ
) in Integer_Kind
then
6127 Xnode
:= Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Intval
=> 1);
6129 Xnode
:= Make_Real_Literal
(Loc
, Ureal_1
);
6141 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
6142 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Base
),
6143 Right_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Base
));
6145 -- X ** 3 = X * X * X
6149 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
6151 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
6152 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Base
),
6153 Right_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Base
)),
6154 Right_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Base
));
6157 -- En : constant base'type := base * base;
6162 Temp
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'E', Base
);
6164 Insert_Actions
(N
, New_List
(
6165 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
6166 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
6167 Constant_Present
=> True,
6168 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
),
6170 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
6171 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Base
),
6172 Right_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Base
)))));
6175 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
6176 Left_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
),
6177 Right_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
6181 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6186 -- Case of (2 ** expression) appearing as an argument of an integer
6187 -- multiplication, or as the right argument of a division of a non-
6188 -- negative integer. In such cases we leave the node untouched, setting
6189 -- the flag Is_Natural_Power_Of_2_for_Shift set, then the expansion
6190 -- of the higher level node converts it into a shift.
6192 -- Another case is 2 ** N in any other context. We simply convert
6193 -- this to 1 * 2 ** N, and then the above transformation applies.
6195 -- Note: this transformation is not applicable for a modular type with
6196 -- a non-binary modulus in the multiplication case, since we get a wrong
6197 -- result if the shift causes an overflow before the modular reduction.
6199 if Nkind
(Base
) = N_Integer_Literal
6200 and then Intval
(Base
) = 2
6201 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Root_Type
(Exptyp
))
6202 and then Esize
(Root_Type
(Exptyp
)) <= Esize
(Standard_Integer
)
6203 and then Is_Unsigned_Type
(Exptyp
)
6206 -- First the multiply and divide cases
6208 if Nkind_In
(Parent
(N
), N_Op_Divide
, N_Op_Multiply
) then
6210 P
: constant Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
6211 L
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(P
);
6212 R
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(P
);
6215 if (Nkind
(P
) = N_Op_Multiply
6216 and then not Non_Binary_Modulus
(Typ
)
6218 ((Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(L
)) and then R
= N
)
6220 (Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(R
)) and then L
= N
))
6221 and then not Do_Overflow_Check
(P
))
6223 (Nkind
(P
) = N_Op_Divide
6224 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(L
))
6225 and then Is_Unsigned_Type
(Etype
(L
))
6227 and then not Do_Overflow_Check
(P
))
6229 Set_Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift
(N
);
6234 -- Now the other cases
6236 elsif not Non_Binary_Modulus
(Typ
) then
6238 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
6239 Left_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 1),
6240 Right_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(N
)));
6241 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6246 -- Fall through if exponentiation must be done using a runtime routine
6248 -- First deal with modular case
6250 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
) then
6252 -- Non-binary case, we call the special exponentiation routine for
6253 -- the non-binary case, converting the argument to Long_Long_Integer
6254 -- and passing the modulus value. Then the result is converted back
6255 -- to the base type.
6257 if Non_Binary_Modulus
(Rtyp
) then
6260 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
6261 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
(RE_Exp_Modular
), Loc
),
6262 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
6263 Convert_To
(Standard_Integer
, Base
),
6264 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Modulus
(Rtyp
)),
6267 -- Binary case, in this case, we call one of two routines, either the
6268 -- unsigned integer case, or the unsigned long long integer case,
6269 -- with a final "and" operation to do the required mod.
6272 if UI_To_Int
(Esize
(Rtyp
)) <= Standard_Integer_Size
then
6273 Ent
:= RTE
(RE_Exp_Unsigned
);
6275 Ent
:= RTE
(RE_Exp_Long_Long_Unsigned
);
6282 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
6283 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Ent
, Loc
),
6284 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
6285 Convert_To
(Etype
(First_Formal
(Ent
)), Base
),
6288 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Modulus
(Rtyp
) - 1))));
6292 -- Common exit point for modular type case
6294 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6297 -- Signed integer cases, done using either Integer or Long_Long_Integer.
6298 -- It is not worth having routines for Short_[Short_]Integer, since for
6299 -- most machines it would not help, and it would generate more code that
6300 -- might need certification when a certified run time is required.
6302 -- In the integer cases, we have two routines, one for when overflow
6303 -- checks are required, and one when they are not required, since there
6304 -- is a real gain in omitting checks on many machines.
6306 elsif Rtyp
= Base_Type
(Standard_Long_Long_Integer
)
6307 or else (Rtyp
= Base_Type
(Standard_Long_Integer
)
6309 Esize
(Standard_Long_Integer
) > Esize
(Standard_Integer
))
6310 or else (Rtyp
= Universal_Integer
)
6312 Etyp
:= Standard_Long_Long_Integer
;
6315 Rent
:= RE_Exp_Long_Long_Integer
;
6317 Rent
:= RE_Exn_Long_Long_Integer
;
6320 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
) then
6321 Etyp
:= Standard_Integer
;
6324 Rent
:= RE_Exp_Integer
;
6326 Rent
:= RE_Exn_Integer
;
6329 -- Floating-point cases, always done using Long_Long_Float. We do not
6330 -- need separate routines for the overflow case here, since in the case
6331 -- of floating-point, we generate infinities anyway as a rule (either
6332 -- that or we automatically trap overflow), and if there is an infinity
6333 -- generated and a range check is required, the check will fail anyway.
6336 pragma Assert
(Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Rtyp
));
6337 Etyp
:= Standard_Long_Long_Float
;
6338 Rent
:= RE_Exn_Long_Long_Float
;
6341 -- Common processing for integer cases and floating-point cases.
6342 -- If we are in the right type, we can call runtime routine directly
6345 and then Rtyp
/= Universal_Integer
6346 and then Rtyp
/= Universal_Real
6349 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
6350 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
(Rent
), Loc
),
6351 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(Base
, Exp
)));
6353 -- Otherwise we have to introduce conversions (conversions are also
6354 -- required in the universal cases, since the runtime routine is
6355 -- typed using one of the standard types).
6360 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
6361 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
(Rent
), Loc
),
6362 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
6363 Convert_To
(Etyp
, Base
),
6367 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6371 when RE_Not_Available
=>
6373 end Expand_N_Op_Expon
;
6375 --------------------
6376 -- Expand_N_Op_Ge --
6377 --------------------
6379 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ge
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6380 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6381 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6382 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6383 Typ1
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Op1
));
6386 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6388 if Is_Array_Type
(Typ1
) then
6389 Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
);
6393 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ1
) then
6394 Adjust_Condition
(Op1
);
6395 Adjust_Condition
(Op2
);
6396 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6397 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6400 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6402 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6404 if Vax_Float
(Typ1
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6405 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6410 --------------------
6411 -- Expand_N_Op_Gt --
6412 --------------------
6414 procedure Expand_N_Op_Gt
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6415 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6416 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6417 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6418 Typ1
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Op1
));
6421 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6423 if Is_Array_Type
(Typ1
) then
6424 Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
);
6428 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ1
) then
6429 Adjust_Condition
(Op1
);
6430 Adjust_Condition
(Op2
);
6431 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6432 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6435 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6437 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6439 if Vax_Float
(Typ1
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6440 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6445 --------------------
6446 -- Expand_N_Op_Le --
6447 --------------------
6449 procedure Expand_N_Op_Le
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6450 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6451 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6452 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6453 Typ1
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Op1
));
6456 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6458 if Is_Array_Type
(Typ1
) then
6459 Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
);
6463 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ1
) then
6464 Adjust_Condition
(Op1
);
6465 Adjust_Condition
(Op2
);
6466 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6467 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6470 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6472 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6474 if Vax_Float
(Typ1
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6475 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6480 --------------------
6481 -- Expand_N_Op_Lt --
6482 --------------------
6484 procedure Expand_N_Op_Lt
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6485 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6486 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6487 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6488 Typ1
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Op1
));
6491 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6493 if Is_Array_Type
(Typ1
) then
6494 Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
);
6498 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ1
) then
6499 Adjust_Condition
(Op1
);
6500 Adjust_Condition
(Op2
);
6501 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6502 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6505 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6507 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6509 if Vax_Float
(Typ1
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6510 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6515 -----------------------
6516 -- Expand_N_Op_Minus --
6517 -----------------------
6519 procedure Expand_N_Op_Minus
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6520 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6521 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6524 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6526 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
6527 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
))
6528 and then Do_Overflow_Check
(N
)
6530 -- Software overflow checking expands -expr into (0 - expr)
6533 Make_Op_Subtract
(Loc
,
6534 Left_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0),
6535 Right_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(N
)));
6537 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6539 -- Vax floating-point types case
6541 elsif Vax_Float
(Etype
(N
)) then
6542 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
6544 end Expand_N_Op_Minus
;
6546 ---------------------
6547 -- Expand_N_Op_Mod --
6548 ---------------------
6550 procedure Expand_N_Op_Mod
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6551 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6552 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6553 Left
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6554 Right
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6555 DOC
: constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check
(N
);
6556 DDC
: constant Boolean := Do_Division_Check
(N
);
6566 pragma Warnings
(Off
, Lhi
);
6569 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6571 Determine_Range
(Right
, ROK
, Rlo
, Rhi
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
6572 Determine_Range
(Left
, LOK
, Llo
, Lhi
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
6574 -- Convert mod to rem if operands are known non-negative. We do this
6575 -- since it is quite likely that this will improve the quality of code,
6576 -- (the operation now corresponds to the hardware remainder), and it
6577 -- does not seem likely that it could be harmful.
6579 if LOK
and then Llo
>= 0
6581 ROK
and then Rlo
>= 0
6584 Make_Op_Rem
(Sloc
(N
),
6585 Left_Opnd
=> Left_Opnd
(N
),
6586 Right_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(N
)));
6588 -- Instead of reanalyzing the node we do the analysis manually. This
6589 -- avoids anomalies when the replacement is done in an instance and
6590 -- is epsilon more efficient.
6592 Set_Entity
(N
, Standard_Entity
(S_Op_Rem
));
6594 Set_Do_Overflow_Check
(N
, DOC
);
6595 Set_Do_Division_Check
(N
, DDC
);
6596 Expand_N_Op_Rem
(N
);
6599 -- Otherwise, normal mod processing
6602 if Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
6603 Apply_Divide_Check
(N
);
6606 -- Apply optimization x mod 1 = 0. We don't really need that with
6607 -- gcc, but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is
6608 -- certainly harmless.
6610 if Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
))
6611 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right
)
6612 and then Expr_Value
(Right
) = Uint_1
6614 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6615 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6616 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6618 Remove_Side_Effects
(Left
);
6620 Rewrite
(N
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0));
6621 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6625 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder
6626 -- minus one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because
6627 -- it generates a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
6629 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
6630 -- the mod value is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
6631 -- completely in this case.
6633 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
6634 -- intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
6635 -- bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
6639 (Type_Low_Bound
(Base_Type
(Underlying_Type
(Etype
(Left
)))));
6641 if ((not ROK
) or else (Rlo
<= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi
))
6643 ((not LOK
) or else (Llo
= LLB
))
6646 Make_Conditional_Expression
(Loc
,
6647 Expressions
=> New_List
(
6649 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Right
),
6651 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
,
6652 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, -1))),
6653 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
,
6654 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_0
)),
6655 Relocate_Node
(N
))));
6657 Set_Analyzed
(Next
(Next
(First
(Expressions
(N
)))));
6658 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6661 end Expand_N_Op_Mod
;
6663 --------------------------
6664 -- Expand_N_Op_Multiply --
6665 --------------------------
6667 procedure Expand_N_Op_Multiply
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6668 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6669 Lop
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6670 Rop
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6672 Lp2
: constant Boolean :=
6673 Nkind
(Lop
) = N_Op_Expon
6674 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift
(Lop
);
6676 Rp2
: constant Boolean :=
6677 Nkind
(Rop
) = N_Op_Expon
6678 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift
(Rop
);
6680 Ltyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Lop
);
6681 Rtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Rop
);
6682 Typ
: Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6685 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6687 -- Special optimizations for integer types
6689 if Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
) then
6691 -- N * 0 = 0 for integer types
6693 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Rop
)
6694 and then Expr_Value
(Rop
) = Uint_0
6696 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6697 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6698 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6700 Remove_Side_Effects
(Lop
);
6702 Rewrite
(N
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_0
));
6703 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6707 -- Similar handling for 0 * N = 0
6709 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lop
)
6710 and then Expr_Value
(Lop
) = Uint_0
6712 Remove_Side_Effects
(Rop
);
6713 Rewrite
(N
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_0
));
6714 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6718 -- N * 1 = 1 * N = N for integer types
6720 -- This optimisation is not done if we are going to
6721 -- rewrite the product 1 * 2 ** N to a shift.
6723 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Rop
)
6724 and then Expr_Value
(Rop
) = Uint_1
6730 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lop
)
6731 and then Expr_Value
(Lop
) = Uint_1
6739 -- Convert x * 2 ** y to Shift_Left (x, y). Note that the fact that
6740 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
6741 -- operand is an integer, as required for this to work.
6746 -- Convert 2 ** A * 2 ** B into 2 ** (A + B)
6750 Left_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 2),
6753 Left_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(Lop
),
6754 Right_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(Rop
))));
6755 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6760 Make_Op_Shift_Left
(Loc
,
6763 Convert_To
(Standard_Natural
, Right_Opnd
(Rop
))));
6764 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6768 -- Same processing for the operands the other way round
6772 Make_Op_Shift_Left
(Loc
,
6775 Convert_To
(Standard_Natural
, Right_Opnd
(Lop
))));
6776 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6780 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
6782 if Typ
= Universal_Fixed
then
6783 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation
(N
);
6787 -- Multiplications with fixed-point results
6789 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Typ
) then
6791 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since from
6792 -- a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
6793 -- operations and will be treated that way.
6795 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
(N
) then
6797 -- Case of fixed * integer => fixed
6799 if Is_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
) then
6800 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed
(N
);
6802 -- Case of integer * fixed => fixed
6804 elsif Is_Integer_Type
(Ltyp
) then
6805 Expand_Multiply_Integer_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed
(N
);
6807 -- Case of fixed * fixed => fixed
6810 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed
(N
);
6814 -- Other cases of multiplication of fixed-point operands. Again we
6815 -- exclude the cases where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer flag is set.
6817 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Ltyp
) or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Rtyp
))
6818 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
(N
)
6820 if Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
) then
6821 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer
(N
);
6823 pragma Assert
(Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Typ
));
6824 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float
(N
);
6827 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
6828 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
6830 elsif Typ
= Universal_Real
6831 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
)
6833 Rewrite
(Rop
, Convert_To
(Universal_Real
, Relocate_Node
(Rop
)));
6835 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Rop
, Universal_Real
);
6837 elsif Typ
= Universal_Real
6838 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Ltyp
)
6840 Rewrite
(Lop
, Convert_To
(Universal_Real
, Relocate_Node
(Lop
)));
6842 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Lop
, Universal_Real
);
6844 -- Non-fixed point cases, check software overflow checking required
6846 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
6847 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check
(N
);
6849 -- Deal with VAX float case
6851 elsif Vax_Float
(Typ
) then
6852 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
6855 end Expand_N_Op_Multiply
;
6857 --------------------
6858 -- Expand_N_Op_Ne --
6859 --------------------
6861 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ne
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6862 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
6865 -- Case of elementary type with standard operator
6867 if Is_Elementary_Type
(Typ
)
6868 and then Sloc
(Entity
(N
)) = Standard_Location
6870 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6872 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
6874 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ
) then
6875 Adjust_Condition
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
6876 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
6877 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6878 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6881 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6883 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
6885 if Vax_Float
(Typ
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6886 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6890 -- For all cases other than elementary types, we rewrite node as the
6891 -- negation of an equality operation, and reanalyze. The equality to be
6892 -- used is defined in the same scope and has the same signature. This
6893 -- signature must be set explicitly since in an instance it may not have
6894 -- the same visibility as in the generic unit. This avoids duplicating
6895 -- or factoring the complex code for record/array equality tests etc.
6899 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6901 Ne
: constant Entity_Id
:= Entity
(N
);
6904 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6910 Left_Opnd
=> Left_Opnd
(N
),
6911 Right_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(N
)));
6912 Set_Paren_Count
(Right_Opnd
(Neg
), 1);
6914 if Scope
(Ne
) /= Standard_Standard
then
6915 Set_Entity
(Right_Opnd
(Neg
), Corresponding_Equality
(Ne
));
6918 -- For navigation purposes, the inequality is treated as an
6919 -- implicit reference to the corresponding equality. Preserve the
6920 -- Comes_From_ source flag so that the proper Xref entry is
6923 Preserve_Comes_From_Source
(Neg
, N
);
6924 Preserve_Comes_From_Source
(Right_Opnd
(Neg
), N
);
6926 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6931 ---------------------
6932 -- Expand_N_Op_Not --
6933 ---------------------
6935 -- If the argument is other than a Boolean array type, there is no special
6936 -- expansion required, except for VMS operations on signed integers.
6938 -- For the packed case, we call the special routine in Exp_Pakd, except
6939 -- that if the component size is greater than one, we use the standard
6940 -- routine generating a gruesome loop (it is so peculiar to have packed
6941 -- arrays with non-standard Boolean representations anyway, so it does not
6942 -- matter that we do not handle this case efficiently).
6944 -- For the unpacked case (and for the special packed case where we have non
6945 -- standard Booleans, as discussed above), we generate and insert into the
6946 -- tree the following function definition:
6948 -- function Nnnn (A : arr) is
6951 -- for J in a'range loop
6952 -- B (J) := not A (J);
6957 -- Here arr is the actual subtype of the parameter (and hence always
6958 -- constrained). Then we replace the not with a call to this function.
6960 procedure Expand_N_Op_Not
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6961 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6962 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6971 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
6972 Loop_Statement
: Node_Id
;
6975 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6977 -- For boolean operand, deal with non-standard booleans
6979 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ
) then
6980 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
6981 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6982 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6986 -- For the VMS "not" on signed integer types, use conversion to and from
6987 -- a predefined modular type.
6989 if Is_VMS_Operator
(Entity
(N
)) then
6995 -- If this is a derived type, retrieve original VMS type so that
6996 -- the proper sized type is used for intermediate values.
6998 if Is_Derived_Type
(Typ
) then
6999 Rtyp
:= First_Subtype
(Etype
(Typ
));
7004 -- The proper unsigned type must have a size compatible with the
7005 -- operand, to prevent misalignment.
7007 if RM_Size
(Rtyp
) <= 8 then
7008 Utyp
:= RTE
(RE_Unsigned_8
);
7010 elsif RM_Size
(Rtyp
) <= 16 then
7011 Utyp
:= RTE
(RE_Unsigned_16
);
7013 elsif RM_Size
(Rtyp
) = RM_Size
(Standard_Unsigned
) then
7014 Utyp
:= RTE
(RE_Unsigned_32
);
7017 Utyp
:= RTE
(RE_Long_Long_Unsigned
);
7021 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
,
7023 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Utyp
, Right_Opnd
(N
)))));
7024 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
7029 -- Only array types need any other processing
7031 if not Is_Array_Type
(Typ
) then
7035 -- Case of array operand. If bit packed with a component size of 1,
7036 -- handle it in Exp_Pakd if the operand is known to be aligned.
7038 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array
(Typ
)
7039 and then Component_Size
(Typ
) = 1
7040 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Right_Opnd
(N
))
7042 Expand_Packed_Not
(N
);
7046 -- Case of array operand which is not bit-packed. If the context is
7047 -- a safe assignment, call in-place operation, If context is a larger
7048 -- boolean expression in the context of a safe assignment, expansion is
7049 -- done by enclosing operation.
7051 Opnd
:= Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
7052 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype
(Opnd
);
7053 Arr
:= Etype
(Opnd
);
7054 Ensure_Defined
(Arr
, N
);
7055 Silly_Boolean_Array_Not_Test
(N
, Arr
);
7057 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
then
7058 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
(Name
(Parent
(N
)), N
, Empty
) then
7059 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
(Parent
(N
), Opnd
, Empty
);
7062 -- Special case the negation of a binary operation
7064 elsif Nkind_In
(Opnd
, N_Op_And
, N_Op_Or
, N_Op_Xor
)
7065 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
7066 (Name
(Parent
(N
)), Left_Opnd
(Opnd
), Right_Opnd
(Opnd
))
7068 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
(Parent
(N
), Opnd
, Empty
);
7072 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) in N_Binary_Op
7073 and then Nkind
(Parent
(Parent
(N
))) = N_Assignment_Statement
7076 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(Parent
(N
));
7077 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(Parent
(N
));
7078 Lhs
: constant Node_Id
:= Name
(Parent
(Parent
(N
)));
7081 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
(Lhs
, Op1
, Op2
) then
7083 -- (not A) op (not B) can be reduced to a single call
7085 if N
= Op1
and then Nkind
(Op2
) = N_Op_Not
then
7088 elsif N
= Op2
and then Nkind
(Op1
) = N_Op_Not
then
7091 -- A xor (not B) can also be special-cased
7093 elsif N
= Op2
and then Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Op_Xor
then
7100 A
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uA
);
7101 B
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uB
);
7102 J
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uJ
);
7105 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
7106 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(A
, Loc
),
7107 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)));
7110 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
7111 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(B
, Loc
),
7112 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)));
7115 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement
(N
,
7116 Identifier
=> Empty
,
7119 Make_Iteration_Scheme
(Loc
,
7120 Loop_Parameter_Specification
=>
7121 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
7122 Defining_Identifier
=> J
,
7123 Discrete_Subtype_Definition
=>
7124 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
7125 Prefix
=> Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(A
)),
7126 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Range
))),
7128 Statements
=> New_List
(
7129 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
7131 Expression
=> Make_Op_Not
(Loc
, A_J
))));
7133 Func_Name
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'N');
7134 Set_Is_Inlined
(Func_Name
);
7137 Make_Subprogram_Body
(Loc
,
7139 Make_Function_Specification
(Loc
,
7140 Defining_Unit_Name
=> Func_Name
,
7141 Parameter_Specifications
=> New_List
(
7142 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
7143 Defining_Identifier
=> A
,
7144 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
))),
7145 Result_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)),
7147 Declarations
=> New_List
(
7148 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
7149 Defining_Identifier
=> B
,
7150 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Arr
, Loc
))),
7152 Handled_Statement_Sequence
=>
7153 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements
(Loc
,
7154 Statements
=> New_List
(
7156 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
7157 Expression
=> Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(B
)))))));
7160 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
7161 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Func_Name
, Loc
),
7162 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(Opnd
)));
7164 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
7165 end Expand_N_Op_Not
;
7167 --------------------
7168 -- Expand_N_Op_Or --
7169 --------------------
7171 procedure Expand_N_Op_Or
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7172 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7175 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7177 if Is_Array_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
7178 Expand_Boolean_Operator
(N
);
7180 elsif Is_Boolean_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
7182 -- Replace OR by OR ELSE if Short_Circuit_And_Or active and the type
7183 -- is standard Boolean (do not mess with AND that uses a non-standard
7184 -- Boolean type, because something strange is going on).
7186 if Short_Circuit_And_Or
and then Typ
= Standard_Boolean
then
7188 Make_Or_Else
(Sloc
(N
),
7189 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(N
)),
7190 Right_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(N
))));
7191 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
7193 -- Otherwise, adjust conditions
7196 Adjust_Condition
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
7197 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
7198 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
7199 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
7202 elsif Is_Intrinsic_Subprogram
(Entity
(N
)) then
7203 Expand_Intrinsic_Call
(N
, Entity
(N
));
7208 ----------------------
7209 -- Expand_N_Op_Plus --
7210 ----------------------
7212 procedure Expand_N_Op_Plus
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7214 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7215 end Expand_N_Op_Plus
;
7217 ---------------------
7218 -- Expand_N_Op_Rem --
7219 ---------------------
7221 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rem
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7222 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
7223 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7225 Left
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
7226 Right
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
7234 -- Set if corresponding operand can be negative
7236 pragma Unreferenced
(Hi
);
7239 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7241 if Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
7242 Apply_Divide_Check
(N
);
7245 -- Apply optimization x rem 1 = 0. We don't really need that with gcc,
7246 -- but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is certainly
7249 if Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
))
7250 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right
)
7251 and then Expr_Value
(Right
) = Uint_1
7253 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in the
7254 -- ignored left operand (in particular function calls to user defined
7255 -- functions) are properly executed.
7257 Remove_Side_Effects
(Left
);
7259 Rewrite
(N
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0));
7260 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
7264 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder minus
7265 -- one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because it generates
7266 -- a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
7268 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
7269 -- the remainder is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
7270 -- completely in this case.
7272 Determine_Range
(Right
, OK
, Lo
, Hi
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
7273 Lneg
:= (not OK
) or else Lo
< 0;
7275 Determine_Range
(Left
, OK
, Lo
, Hi
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
7276 Rneg
:= (not OK
) or else Lo
< 0;
7278 -- We won't mess with trying to find out if the left operand can really
7279 -- be the largest negative number (that's a pain in the case of private
7280 -- types and this is really marginal). We will just assume that we need
7281 -- the test if the left operand can be negative at all.
7283 if Lneg
and Rneg
then
7285 Make_Conditional_Expression
(Loc
,
7286 Expressions
=> New_List
(
7288 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Right
),
7290 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, -1))),
7292 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
,
7293 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_0
)),
7295 Relocate_Node
(N
))));
7297 Set_Analyzed
(Next
(Next
(First
(Expressions
(N
)))));
7298 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
7300 end Expand_N_Op_Rem
;
7302 -----------------------------
7303 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left --
7304 -----------------------------
7306 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7308 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7309 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left
;
7311 ------------------------------
7312 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right --
7313 ------------------------------
7315 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7317 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7318 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right
;
7320 ----------------------------
7321 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left --
7322 ----------------------------
7324 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7326 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7327 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left
;
7329 -----------------------------
7330 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right --
7331 -----------------------------
7333 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7335 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7336 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right
;
7338 ----------------------------------------
7339 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic --
7340 ----------------------------------------
7342 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7344 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7345 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic
;
7347 --------------------------
7348 -- Expand_N_Op_Subtract --
7349 --------------------------
7351 procedure Expand_N_Op_Subtract
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7352 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7355 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7357 -- N - 0 = N for integer types
7359 if Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
)
7360 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right_Opnd
(N
))
7361 and then Expr_Value
(Right_Opnd
(N
)) = 0
7363 Rewrite
(N
, Left_Opnd
(N
));
7367 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
7369 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Typ
)
7371 Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Typ
)
7373 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check
(N
);
7375 -- VAX floating-point types case
7377 elsif Vax_Float
(Typ
) then
7378 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
7380 end Expand_N_Op_Subtract
;
7382 ---------------------
7383 -- Expand_N_Op_Xor --
7384 ---------------------
7386 procedure Expand_N_Op_Xor
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7387 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7390 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7392 if Is_Array_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
7393 Expand_Boolean_Operator
(N
);
7395 elsif Is_Boolean_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
7396 Adjust_Condition
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
7397 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
7398 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
7399 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
7401 elsif Is_Intrinsic_Subprogram
(Entity
(N
)) then
7402 Expand_Intrinsic_Call
(N
, Entity
(N
));
7405 end Expand_N_Op_Xor
;
7407 ----------------------
7408 -- Expand_N_Or_Else --
7409 ----------------------
7411 procedure Expand_N_Or_Else
(N
: Node_Id
)
7412 renames Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator
;
7414 -----------------------------------
7415 -- Expand_N_Qualified_Expression --
7416 -----------------------------------
7418 procedure Expand_N_Qualified_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7419 Operand
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
7420 Target_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Entity
(Subtype_Mark
(N
));
7423 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
7425 if Validity_Checks_On
7426 and then Validity_Check_Operands
7428 Ensure_Valid
(Operand
);
7431 -- Apply possible constraint check
7433 Apply_Constraint_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
, No_Sliding
=> True);
7435 if Do_Range_Check
(Operand
) then
7436 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Operand
, False);
7437 Generate_Range_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
, CE_Range_Check_Failed
);
7439 end Expand_N_Qualified_Expression
;
7441 ------------------------------------
7442 -- Expand_N_Quantified_Expression --
7443 ------------------------------------
7447 -- for all X in range => Cond
7452 -- for X in range loop
7459 -- Conversely, an existentially quantified expression:
7461 -- for some X in range => Cond
7466 -- for X in range loop
7473 -- In both cases, the iteration may be over a container in which case it is
7474 -- given by an iterator specification, not a loop parameter specification.
7476 procedure Expand_N_Quantified_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7477 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
7478 Is_Universal
: constant Boolean := All_Present
(N
);
7479 Actions
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
7480 Tnn
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'T', N
);
7488 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
7489 Defining_Identifier
=> Tnn
,
7490 Object_Definition
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_Boolean
, Loc
),
7492 New_Occurrence_Of
(Boolean_Literals
(Is_Universal
), Loc
));
7493 Append_To
(Actions
, Decl
);
7495 Cond
:= Relocate_Node
(Condition
(N
));
7497 if Is_Universal
then
7498 Cond
:= Make_Op_Not
(Loc
, Cond
);
7502 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(N
,
7504 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
7505 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
7506 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
),
7508 New_Occurrence_Of
(Boolean_Literals
(not Is_Universal
), Loc
)),
7509 Make_Exit_Statement
(Loc
)));
7511 if Present
(Loop_Parameter_Specification
(N
)) then
7513 Make_Iteration_Scheme
(Loc
,
7514 Loop_Parameter_Specification
=>
7515 Loop_Parameter_Specification
(N
));
7518 Make_Iteration_Scheme
(Loc
,
7519 Iterator_Specification
=> Iterator_Specification
(N
));
7523 Make_Loop_Statement
(Loc
,
7524 Iteration_Scheme
=> I_Scheme
,
7525 Statements
=> New_List
(Test
),
7526 End_Label
=> Empty
));
7528 -- The components of the scheme have already been analyzed, and the loop
7529 -- parameter declaration has been processed.
7531 Set_Analyzed
(Iteration_Scheme
(Last
(Actions
)));
7534 Make_Expression_With_Actions
(Loc
,
7535 Expression
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
),
7536 Actions
=> Actions
));
7538 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
7539 end Expand_N_Quantified_Expression
;
7541 ---------------------------------
7542 -- Expand_N_Selected_Component --
7543 ---------------------------------
7545 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a concurrent object, rewrite the
7546 -- prefix to denote the corresponding record type.
7548 procedure Expand_N_Selected_Component
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7549 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
7550 Par
: constant Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
7551 P
: constant Node_Id
:= Prefix
(N
);
7552 Ptyp
: Entity_Id
:= Underlying_Type
(Etype
(P
));
7558 function In_Left_Hand_Side
(Comp
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
7559 -- Gigi needs a temporary for prefixes that depend on a discriminant,
7560 -- unless the context of an assignment can provide size information.
7561 -- Don't we have a general routine that does this???
7563 -----------------------
7564 -- In_Left_Hand_Side --
7565 -----------------------
7567 function In_Left_Hand_Side
(Comp
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
7569 return (Nkind
(Parent
(Comp
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7570 and then Comp
= Name
(Parent
(Comp
)))
7571 or else (Present
(Parent
(Comp
))
7572 and then Nkind
(Parent
(Comp
)) in N_Subexpr
7573 and then In_Left_Hand_Side
(Parent
(Comp
)));
7574 end In_Left_Hand_Side
;
7576 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Selected_Component
7579 -- Insert explicit dereference if required
7581 if Is_Access_Type
(Ptyp
) then
7582 Insert_Explicit_Dereference
(P
);
7583 Analyze_And_Resolve
(P
, Designated_Type
(Ptyp
));
7585 if Ekind
(Etype
(P
)) = E_Private_Subtype
7586 and then Is_For_Access_Subtype
(Etype
(P
))
7588 Set_Etype
(P
, Base_Type
(Etype
(P
)));
7594 -- Deal with discriminant check required
7596 if Do_Discriminant_Check
(N
) then
7598 -- Present the discriminant checking function to the backend, so that
7599 -- it can inline the call to the function.
7602 (Discriminant_Checking_Func
7603 (Original_Record_Component
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(N
)))));
7605 -- Now reset the flag and generate the call
7607 Set_Do_Discriminant_Check
(N
, False);
7608 Generate_Discriminant_Check
(N
);
7611 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7612 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7614 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_2005
7615 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call
(P
)
7617 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context
(P
);
7620 -- Gigi cannot handle unchecked conversions that are the prefix of a
7621 -- selected component with discriminants. This must be checked during
7622 -- expansion, because during analysis the type of the selector is not
7623 -- known at the point the prefix is analyzed. If the conversion is the
7624 -- target of an assignment, then we cannot force the evaluation.
7626 if Nkind
(Prefix
(N
)) = N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
7627 and then Has_Discriminants
(Etype
(N
))
7628 and then not In_Left_Hand_Side
(N
)
7630 Force_Evaluation
(Prefix
(N
));
7633 -- Remaining processing applies only if selector is a discriminant
7635 if Ekind
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(N
))) = E_Discriminant
then
7637 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a constrained record type,
7638 -- we may be able to rewrite the expression with the actual value
7639 -- of the discriminant, a useful optimization in some cases.
7641 if Is_Record_Type
(Ptyp
)
7642 and then Has_Discriminants
(Ptyp
)
7643 and then Is_Constrained
(Ptyp
)
7645 -- Do this optimization for discrete types only, and not for
7646 -- access types (access discriminants get us into trouble!)
7648 if not Is_Discrete_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
7651 -- Don't do this on the left hand of an assignment statement.
7652 -- Normally one would think that references like this would not
7653 -- occur, but they do in generated code, and mean that we really
7654 -- do want to assign the discriminant!
7656 elsif Nkind
(Par
) = N_Assignment_Statement
7657 and then Name
(Par
) = N
7661 -- Don't do this optimization for the prefix of an attribute or
7662 -- the name of an object renaming declaration since these are
7663 -- contexts where we do not want the value anyway.
7665 elsif (Nkind
(Par
) = N_Attribute_Reference
7666 and then Prefix
(Par
) = N
)
7667 or else Is_Renamed_Object
(N
)
7671 -- Don't do this optimization if we are within the code for a
7672 -- discriminant check, since the whole point of such a check may
7673 -- be to verify the condition on which the code below depends!
7675 elsif Is_In_Discriminant_Check
(N
) then
7678 -- Green light to see if we can do the optimization. There is
7679 -- still one condition that inhibits the optimization below but
7680 -- now is the time to check the particular discriminant.
7683 -- Loop through discriminants to find the matching discriminant
7684 -- constraint to see if we can copy it.
7686 Disc
:= First_Discriminant
(Ptyp
);
7687 Dcon
:= First_Elmt
(Discriminant_Constraint
(Ptyp
));
7688 Discr_Loop
: while Present
(Dcon
) loop
7689 Dval
:= Node
(Dcon
);
7691 -- Check if this is the matching discriminant
7693 if Disc
= Entity
(Selector_Name
(N
)) then
7695 -- Here we have the matching discriminant. Check for
7696 -- the case of a discriminant of a component that is
7697 -- constrained by an outer discriminant, which cannot
7698 -- be optimized away.
7700 if Denotes_Discriminant
7701 (Dval
, Check_Concurrent
=> True)
7705 elsif Nkind
(Original_Node
(Dval
)) = N_Selected_Component
7707 Denotes_Discriminant
7708 (Selector_Name
(Original_Node
(Dval
)), True)
7712 -- Do not retrieve value if constraint is not static. It
7713 -- is generally not useful, and the constraint may be a
7714 -- rewritten outer discriminant in which case it is in
7717 elsif Is_Entity_Name
(Dval
)
7718 and then Nkind
(Parent
(Entity
(Dval
)))
7719 = N_Object_Declaration
7720 and then Present
(Expression
(Parent
(Entity
(Dval
))))
7722 not Is_Static_Expression
7723 (Expression
(Parent
(Entity
(Dval
))))
7727 -- In the context of a case statement, the expression may
7728 -- have the base type of the discriminant, and we need to
7729 -- preserve the constraint to avoid spurious errors on
7732 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Case_Statement
7733 and then Etype
(Dval
) /= Etype
(Disc
)
7736 Make_Qualified_Expression
(Loc
,
7738 New_Occurrence_Of
(Etype
(Disc
), Loc
),
7740 New_Copy_Tree
(Dval
)));
7741 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Etype
(Disc
));
7743 -- In case that comes out as a static expression,
7744 -- reset it (a selected component is never static).
7746 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(N
, False);
7749 -- Otherwise we can just copy the constraint, but the
7750 -- result is certainly not static! In some cases the
7751 -- discriminant constraint has been analyzed in the
7752 -- context of the original subtype indication, but for
7753 -- itypes the constraint might not have been analyzed
7754 -- yet, and this must be done now.
7757 Rewrite
(N
, New_Copy_Tree
(Dval
));
7758 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
);
7759 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(N
, False);
7765 Next_Discriminant
(Disc
);
7766 end loop Discr_Loop
;
7768 -- Note: the above loop should always find a matching
7769 -- discriminant, but if it does not, we just missed an
7770 -- optimization due to some glitch (perhaps a previous error),
7776 -- The only remaining processing is in the case of a discriminant of
7777 -- a concurrent object, where we rewrite the prefix to denote the
7778 -- corresponding record type. If the type is derived and has renamed
7779 -- discriminants, use corresponding discriminant, which is the one
7780 -- that appears in the corresponding record.
7782 if not Is_Concurrent_Type
(Ptyp
) then
7786 Disc
:= Entity
(Selector_Name
(N
));
7788 if Is_Derived_Type
(Ptyp
)
7789 and then Present
(Corresponding_Discriminant
(Disc
))
7791 Disc
:= Corresponding_Discriminant
(Disc
);
7795 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
7797 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Corresponding_Record_Type
(Ptyp
),
7799 Selector_Name
=> Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(Disc
)));
7804 end Expand_N_Selected_Component
;
7806 --------------------
7807 -- Expand_N_Slice --
7808 --------------------
7810 procedure Expand_N_Slice
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7811 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
7812 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7813 Pfx
: constant Node_Id
:= Prefix
(N
);
7814 Ptp
: Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Pfx
);
7816 function Is_Procedure_Actual
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
7817 -- Check whether the argument is an actual for a procedure call, in
7818 -- which case the expansion of a bit-packed slice is deferred until the
7819 -- call itself is expanded. The reason this is required is that we might
7820 -- have an IN OUT or OUT parameter, and the copy out is essential, and
7821 -- that copy out would be missed if we created a temporary here in
7822 -- Expand_N_Slice. Note that we don't bother to test specifically for an
7823 -- IN OUT or OUT mode parameter, since it is a bit tricky to do, and it
7824 -- is harmless to defer expansion in the IN case, since the call
7825 -- processing will still generate the appropriate copy in operation,
7826 -- which will take care of the slice.
7828 procedure Make_Temporary_For_Slice
;
7829 -- Create a named variable for the value of the slice, in cases where
7830 -- the back-end cannot handle it properly, e.g. when packed types or
7831 -- unaligned slices are involved.
7833 -------------------------
7834 -- Is_Procedure_Actual --
7835 -------------------------
7837 function Is_Procedure_Actual
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
7838 Par
: Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
7842 -- If our parent is a procedure call we can return
7844 if Nkind
(Par
) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
then
7847 -- If our parent is a type conversion, keep climbing the tree,
7848 -- since a type conversion can be a procedure actual. Also keep
7849 -- climbing if parameter association or a qualified expression,
7850 -- since these are additional cases that do can appear on
7851 -- procedure actuals.
7853 elsif Nkind_In
(Par
, N_Type_Conversion
,
7854 N_Parameter_Association
,
7855 N_Qualified_Expression
)
7857 Par
:= Parent
(Par
);
7859 -- Any other case is not what we are looking for
7865 end Is_Procedure_Actual
;
7867 ------------------------------
7868 -- Make_Temporary_For_Slice --
7869 ------------------------------
7871 procedure Make_Temporary_For_Slice
is
7873 Ent
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'T', N
);
7877 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
7878 Defining_Identifier
=> Ent
,
7879 Object_Definition
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Typ
, Loc
));
7881 Set_No_Initialization
(Decl
);
7883 Insert_Actions
(N
, New_List
(
7885 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
7886 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ent
, Loc
),
7887 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(N
))));
7889 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Ent
, Loc
));
7890 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
7891 end Make_Temporary_For_Slice
;
7893 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Slice
7896 -- Special handling for access types
7898 if Is_Access_Type
(Ptp
) then
7900 Ptp
:= Designated_Type
(Ptp
);
7903 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Sloc
(N
),
7904 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Pfx
)));
7906 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Pfx
, Ptp
);
7909 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7910 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7912 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_2005
7913 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call
(Pfx
)
7915 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context
(Pfx
);
7918 -- The remaining case to be handled is packed slices. We can leave
7919 -- packed slices as they are in the following situations:
7921 -- 1. Right or left side of an assignment (we can handle this
7922 -- situation correctly in the assignment statement expansion).
7924 -- 2. Prefix of indexed component (the slide is optimized away in this
7925 -- case, see the start of Expand_N_Slice.)
7927 -- 3. Object renaming declaration, since we want the name of the
7928 -- slice, not the value.
7930 -- 4. Argument to procedure call, since copy-in/copy-out handling may
7931 -- be required, and this is handled in the expansion of call
7934 -- 5. Prefix of an address attribute (this is an error which is caught
7935 -- elsewhere, and the expansion would interfere with generating the
7938 if not Is_Packed
(Typ
) then
7940 -- Apply transformation for actuals of a function call, where
7941 -- Expand_Actuals is not used.
7943 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Function_Call
7944 and then Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Slice
(N
)
7946 Make_Temporary_For_Slice
;
7949 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7950 or else (Nkind
(Parent
(Parent
(N
))) = N_Assignment_Statement
7951 and then Parent
(N
) = Name
(Parent
(Parent
(N
))))
7955 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Indexed_Component
7956 or else Is_Renamed_Object
(N
)
7957 or else Is_Procedure_Actual
(N
)
7961 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7962 and then Attribute_Name
(Parent
(N
)) = Name_Address
7967 Make_Temporary_For_Slice
;
7971 ------------------------------
7972 -- Expand_N_Type_Conversion --
7973 ------------------------------
7975 procedure Expand_N_Type_Conversion
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7976 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
7977 Operand
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
7978 Target_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7979 Operand_Type
: Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Operand
);
7981 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation
;
7982 -- This is called in the case of record and array type conversions to
7983 -- see if there is a change of representation to be handled. Change of
7984 -- representation is actually handled at the assignment statement level,
7985 -- and what this procedure does is rewrite node N conversion as an
7986 -- assignment to temporary. If there is no change of representation,
7987 -- then the conversion node is unchanged.
7989 procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error
;
7990 -- Called when we know that an accessibility check will fail. Rewrites
7991 -- node N to an appropriate raise statement and outputs warning msgs.
7992 -- The Etype of the raise node is set to Target_Type.
7994 procedure Real_Range_Check
;
7995 -- Handles generation of range check for real target value
7997 -----------------------------------
7998 -- Handle_Changed_Representation --
7999 -----------------------------------
8001 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation
is
8010 -- Nothing else to do if no change of representation
8012 if Same_Representation
(Operand_Type
, Target_Type
) then
8015 -- The real change of representation work is done by the assignment
8016 -- statement processing. So if this type conversion is appearing as
8017 -- the expression of an assignment statement, nothing needs to be
8018 -- done to the conversion.
8020 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
then
8023 -- Otherwise we need to generate a temporary variable, and do the
8024 -- change of representation assignment into that temporary variable.
8025 -- The conversion is then replaced by a reference to this variable.
8030 -- If type is unconstrained we have to add a constraint, copied
8031 -- from the actual value of the left hand side.
8033 if not Is_Constrained
(Target_Type
) then
8034 if Has_Discriminants
(Operand_Type
) then
8035 Disc
:= First_Discriminant
(Operand_Type
);
8037 if Disc
/= First_Stored_Discriminant
(Operand_Type
) then
8038 Disc
:= First_Stored_Discriminant
(Operand_Type
);
8042 while Present
(Disc
) loop
8044 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
8046 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks
(Operand
),
8048 Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(Disc
))));
8049 Next_Discriminant
(Disc
);
8052 elsif Is_Array_Type
(Operand_Type
) then
8053 N_Ix
:= First_Index
(Target_Type
);
8056 for J
in 1 .. Number_Dimensions
(Operand_Type
) loop
8058 -- We convert the bounds explicitly. We use an unchecked
8059 -- conversion because bounds checks are done elsewhere.
8064 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Etype
(N_Ix
),
8065 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
8067 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
8068 (Operand
, Name_Req
=> True),
8069 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
,
8070 Expressions
=> New_List
(
8071 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, J
)))),
8074 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Etype
(N_Ix
),
8075 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
8077 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
8078 (Operand
, Name_Req
=> True),
8079 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Last
,
8080 Expressions
=> New_List
(
8081 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, J
))))));
8088 Odef
:= New_Occurrence_Of
(Target_Type
, Loc
);
8090 if Present
(Cons
) then
8092 Make_Subtype_Indication
(Loc
,
8093 Subtype_Mark
=> Odef
,
8095 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint
(Loc
,
8096 Constraints
=> Cons
));
8099 Temp
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'C');
8101 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
8102 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
8103 Object_Definition
=> Odef
);
8105 Set_No_Initialization
(Decl
, True);
8107 -- Insert required actions. It is essential to suppress checks
8108 -- since we have suppressed default initialization, which means
8109 -- that the variable we create may have no discriminants.
8114 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
8115 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Temp
, Loc
),
8116 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(N
))),
8117 Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
8119 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Temp
, Loc
));
8122 end Handle_Changed_Representation
;
8124 -------------------------------
8125 -- Raise_Accessibility_Error --
8126 -------------------------------
8128 procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error
is
8131 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Sloc
(N
),
8132 Reason
=> PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed
));
8133 Set_Etype
(N
, Target_Type
);
8135 Error_Msg_N
("?accessibility check failure", N
);
8137 ("\?& will be raised at run time", N
, Standard_Program_Error
);
8138 end Raise_Accessibility_Error
;
8140 ----------------------
8141 -- Real_Range_Check --
8142 ----------------------
8144 -- Case of conversions to floating-point or fixed-point. If range checks
8145 -- are enabled and the target type has a range constraint, we convert:
8151 -- Tnn : typ'Base := typ'Base (x);
8152 -- [constraint_error when Tnn < typ'First or else Tnn > typ'Last]
8155 -- This is necessary when there is a conversion of integer to float or
8156 -- to fixed-point to ensure that the correct checks are made. It is not
8157 -- necessary for float to float where it is enough to simply set the
8158 -- Do_Range_Check flag.
8160 procedure Real_Range_Check
is
8161 Btyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Target_Type
);
8162 Lo
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_Low_Bound
(Target_Type
);
8163 Hi
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_High_Bound
(Target_Type
);
8164 Xtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Operand
);
8169 -- Nothing to do if conversion was rewritten
8171 if Nkind
(N
) /= N_Type_Conversion
then
8175 -- Nothing to do if range checks suppressed, or target has the same
8176 -- range as the base type (or is the base type).
8178 if Range_Checks_Suppressed
(Target_Type
)
8179 or else (Lo
= Type_Low_Bound
(Btyp
)
8181 Hi
= Type_High_Bound
(Btyp
))
8186 -- Nothing to do if expression is an entity on which checks have been
8189 if Is_Entity_Name
(Operand
)
8190 and then Range_Checks_Suppressed
(Entity
(Operand
))
8195 -- Nothing to do if bounds are all static and we can tell that the
8196 -- expression is within the bounds of the target. Note that if the
8197 -- operand is of an unconstrained floating-point type, then we do
8198 -- not trust it to be in range (might be infinite)
8201 S_Lo
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_Low_Bound
(Xtyp
);
8202 S_Hi
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_High_Bound
(Xtyp
);
8205 if (not Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Xtyp
)
8206 or else Is_Constrained
(Xtyp
))
8207 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(S_Lo
)
8208 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(S_Hi
)
8209 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Hi
)
8210 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lo
)
8213 D_Lov
: constant Ureal
:= Expr_Value_R
(Lo
);
8214 D_Hiv
: constant Ureal
:= Expr_Value_R
(Hi
);
8219 if Is_Real_Type
(Xtyp
) then
8220 S_Lov
:= Expr_Value_R
(S_Lo
);
8221 S_Hiv
:= Expr_Value_R
(S_Hi
);
8223 S_Lov
:= UR_From_Uint
(Expr_Value
(S_Lo
));
8224 S_Hiv
:= UR_From_Uint
(Expr_Value
(S_Hi
));
8228 and then S_Lov
>= D_Lov
8229 and then S_Hiv
<= D_Hiv
8231 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Operand
, False);
8238 -- For float to float conversions, we are done
8240 if Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Xtyp
)
8242 Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Btyp
)
8247 -- Otherwise rewrite the conversion as described above
8249 Conv
:= Relocate_Node
(N
);
8250 Rewrite
(Subtype_Mark
(Conv
), New_Occurrence_Of
(Btyp
, Loc
));
8251 Set_Etype
(Conv
, Btyp
);
8253 -- Enable overflow except for case of integer to float conversions,
8254 -- where it is never required, since we can never have overflow in
8257 if not Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(Operand
)) then
8258 Enable_Overflow_Check
(Conv
);
8261 Tnn
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'T', Conv
);
8263 Insert_Actions
(N
, New_List
(
8264 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
8265 Defining_Identifier
=> Tnn
,
8266 Object_Definition
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Btyp
, Loc
),
8267 Constant_Present
=> True,
8268 Expression
=> Conv
),
8270 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error
(Loc
,
8275 Left_Opnd
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
),
8277 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
8278 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
,
8280 New_Occurrence_Of
(Target_Type
, Loc
))),
8284 Left_Opnd
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
),
8286 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
8287 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Last
,
8289 New_Occurrence_Of
(Target_Type
, Loc
)))),
8290 Reason
=> CE_Range_Check_Failed
)));
8292 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
));
8293 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Btyp
);
8294 end Real_Range_Check
;
8296 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Type_Conversion
8299 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
8300 -- the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
8301 -- an Assignment_OK attribute, which must be propagated to the operand.
8303 if Operand_Type
= Target_Type
then
8304 if Assignment_OK
(N
) then
8305 Set_Assignment_OK
(Operand
);
8308 Rewrite
(N
, Relocate_Node
(Operand
));
8312 -- Nothing to do if this is the second argument of read. This is a
8313 -- "backwards" conversion that will be handled by the specialized code
8314 -- in attribute processing.
8316 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8317 and then Attribute_Name
(Parent
(N
)) = Name_Read
8318 and then Next
(First
(Expressions
(Parent
(N
)))) = N
8323 -- Check for case of converting to a type that has an invariant
8324 -- associated with it. This required an invariant check. We convert
8330 -- do invariant_check (typ (expr)) in typ (expr);
8332 -- using Duplicate_Subexpr to avoid multiple side effects
8334 -- Note: the Comes_From_Source check, and then the resetting of this
8335 -- flag prevents what would otherwise be an infinite recursion.
8337 if Has_Invariants
(Target_Type
)
8338 and then Present
(Invariant_Procedure
(Target_Type
))
8339 and then Comes_From_Source
(N
)
8341 Set_Comes_From_Source
(N
, False);
8343 Make_Expression_With_Actions
(Loc
,
8344 Actions
=> New_List
(
8345 Make_Invariant_Call
(Duplicate_Subexpr
(N
))),
8346 Expression
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(N
)));
8347 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Target_Type
);
8351 -- Here if we may need to expand conversion
8353 -- If the operand of the type conversion is an arithmetic operation on
8354 -- signed integers, and the based type of the signed integer type in
8355 -- question is smaller than Standard.Integer, we promote both of the
8356 -- operands to type Integer.
8358 -- For example, if we have
8360 -- target-type (opnd1 + opnd2)
8362 -- and opnd1 and opnd2 are of type short integer, then we rewrite
8365 -- target-type (integer(opnd1) + integer(opnd2))
8367 -- We do this because we are always allowed to compute in a larger type
8368 -- if we do the right thing with the result, and in this case we are
8369 -- going to do a conversion which will do an appropriate check to make
8370 -- sure that things are in range of the target type in any case. This
8371 -- avoids some unnecessary intermediate overflows.
8373 -- We might consider a similar transformation in the case where the
8374 -- target is a real type or a 64-bit integer type, and the operand
8375 -- is an arithmetic operation using a 32-bit integer type. However,
8376 -- we do not bother with this case, because it could cause significant
8377 -- inefficiencies on 32-bit machines. On a 64-bit machine it would be
8378 -- much cheaper, but we don't want different behavior on 32-bit and
8379 -- 64-bit machines. Note that the exclusion of the 64-bit case also
8380 -- handles the configurable run-time cases where 64-bit arithmetic
8381 -- may simply be unavailable.
8383 -- Note: this circuit is partially redundant with respect to the circuit
8384 -- in Checks.Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check, but we catch more cases in
8385 -- the processing here. Also we still need the Checks circuit, since we
8386 -- have to be sure not to generate junk overflow checks in the first
8387 -- place, since it would be trick to remove them here!
8389 if Integer_Promotion_Possible
(N
) then
8391 -- All conditions met, go ahead with transformation
8399 Make_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
8400 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_Integer
, Loc
),
8401 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(Operand
)));
8403 Opnd
:= New_Op_Node
(Nkind
(Operand
), Loc
);
8404 Set_Right_Opnd
(Opnd
, R
);
8406 if Nkind
(Operand
) in N_Binary_Op
then
8408 Make_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
8409 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_Integer
, Loc
),
8410 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(Operand
)));
8412 Set_Left_Opnd
(Opnd
, L
);
8416 Make_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
8417 Subtype_Mark
=> Relocate_Node
(Subtype_Mark
(N
)),
8418 Expression
=> Opnd
));
8420 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Target_Type
);
8425 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
8427 if Validity_Checks_On
8428 and then Validity_Check_Operands
8430 Ensure_Valid
(Operand
);
8433 -- Special case of converting from non-standard boolean type
8435 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Operand_Type
)
8436 and then (Nonzero_Is_True
(Operand_Type
))
8438 Adjust_Condition
(Operand
);
8439 Set_Etype
(Operand
, Standard_Boolean
);
8440 Operand_Type
:= Standard_Boolean
;
8443 -- Case of converting to an access type
8445 if Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8447 -- Apply an accessibility check when the conversion operand is an
8448 -- access parameter (or a renaming thereof), unless conversion was
8449 -- expanded from an Unchecked_ or Unrestricted_Access attribute.
8450 -- Note that other checks may still need to be applied below (such
8451 -- as tagged type checks).
8453 if Is_Entity_Name
(Operand
)
8455 (Is_Formal
(Entity
(Operand
))
8457 (Present
(Renamed_Object
(Entity
(Operand
)))
8458 and then Is_Entity_Name
(Renamed_Object
(Entity
(Operand
)))
8460 (Entity
(Renamed_Object
(Entity
(Operand
))))))
8461 and then Ekind
(Etype
(Operand
)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8462 and then (Nkind
(Original_Node
(N
)) /= N_Attribute_Reference
8463 or else Attribute_Name
(Original_Node
(N
)) = Name_Access
)
8465 Apply_Accessibility_Check
8466 (Operand
, Target_Type
, Insert_Node
=> Operand
);
8468 -- If the level of the operand type is statically deeper than the
8469 -- level of the target type, then force Program_Error. Note that this
8470 -- can only occur for cases where the attribute is within the body of
8471 -- an instantiation (otherwise the conversion will already have been
8472 -- rejected as illegal). Note: warnings are issued by the analyzer
8473 -- for the instance cases.
8475 elsif In_Instance_Body
8476 and then Type_Access_Level
(Operand_Type
) >
8477 Type_Access_Level
(Target_Type
)
8479 Raise_Accessibility_Error
;
8481 -- When the operand is a selected access discriminant the check needs
8482 -- to be made against the level of the object denoted by the prefix
8483 -- of the selected name. Force Program_Error for this case as well
8484 -- (this accessibility violation can only happen if within the body
8485 -- of an instantiation).
8487 elsif In_Instance_Body
8488 and then Ekind
(Operand_Type
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8489 and then Nkind
(Operand
) = N_Selected_Component
8490 and then Object_Access_Level
(Operand
) >
8491 Type_Access_Level
(Target_Type
)
8493 Raise_Accessibility_Error
;
8498 -- Case of conversions of tagged types and access to tagged types
8500 -- When needed, that is to say when the expression is class-wide, Add
8501 -- runtime a tag check for (strict) downward conversion by using the
8502 -- membership test, generating:
8504 -- [constraint_error when Operand not in Target_Type'Class]
8506 -- or in the access type case
8508 -- [constraint_error
8509 -- when Operand /= null
8510 -- and then Operand.all not in
8511 -- Designated_Type (Target_Type)'Class]
8513 if (Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
)
8514 and then Is_Tagged_Type
(Designated_Type
(Target_Type
)))
8515 or else Is_Tagged_Type
(Target_Type
)
8517 -- Do not do any expansion in the access type case if the parent is a
8518 -- renaming, since this is an error situation which will be caught by
8519 -- Sem_Ch8, and the expansion can interfere with this error check.
8521 if Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
) and then Is_Renamed_Object
(N
) then
8525 -- Otherwise, proceed with processing tagged conversion
8527 Tagged_Conversion
: declare
8528 Actual_Op_Typ
: Entity_Id
;
8529 Actual_Targ_Typ
: Entity_Id
;
8530 Make_Conversion
: Boolean := False;
8531 Root_Op_Typ
: Entity_Id
;
8533 procedure Make_Tag_Check
(Targ_Typ
: Entity_Id
);
8534 -- Create a membership check to test whether Operand is a member
8535 -- of Targ_Typ. If the original Target_Type is an access, include
8536 -- a test for null value. The check is inserted at N.
8538 --------------------
8539 -- Make_Tag_Check --
8540 --------------------
8542 procedure Make_Tag_Check
(Targ_Typ
: Entity_Id
) is
8547 -- [Constraint_Error
8548 -- when Operand /= null
8549 -- and then Operand.all not in Targ_Typ]
8551 if Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8556 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Operand
),
8557 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Null
(Loc
)),
8562 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
8563 Prefix
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Operand
)),
8564 Right_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(Targ_Typ
, Loc
)));
8567 -- [Constraint_Error when Operand not in Targ_Typ]
8572 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Operand
),
8573 Right_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(Targ_Typ
, Loc
));
8577 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error
(Loc
,
8579 Reason
=> CE_Tag_Check_Failed
));
8582 -- Start of processing for Tagged_Conversion
8585 if Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8587 -- Handle entities from the limited view
8590 Available_View
(Designated_Type
(Operand_Type
));
8592 Available_View
(Designated_Type
(Target_Type
));
8594 Actual_Op_Typ
:= Operand_Type
;
8595 Actual_Targ_Typ
:= Target_Type
;
8598 Root_Op_Typ
:= Root_Type
(Actual_Op_Typ
);
8600 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle interface type conversion
8602 if Is_Interface
(Actual_Op_Typ
) then
8603 Expand_Interface_Conversion
(N
, Is_Static
=> False);
8607 if not Tag_Checks_Suppressed
(Actual_Targ_Typ
) then
8609 -- Create a runtime tag check for a downward class-wide type
8612 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Actual_Op_Typ
)
8613 and then Actual_Op_Typ
/= Actual_Targ_Typ
8614 and then Root_Op_Typ
/= Actual_Targ_Typ
8615 and then Is_Ancestor
(Root_Op_Typ
, Actual_Targ_Typ
)
8617 Make_Tag_Check
(Class_Wide_Type
(Actual_Targ_Typ
));
8618 Make_Conversion
:= True;
8621 -- AI05-0073: If the result subtype of the function is defined
8622 -- by an access_definition designating a specific tagged type
8623 -- T, a check is made that the result value is null or the tag
8624 -- of the object designated by the result value identifies T.
8625 -- Constraint_Error is raised if this check fails.
8627 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = Sinfo
.N_Return_Statement
then
8630 Func_Typ
: Entity_Id
;
8633 -- Climb scope stack looking for the enclosing function
8635 Func
:= Current_Scope
;
8636 while Present
(Func
)
8637 and then Ekind
(Func
) /= E_Function
8639 Func
:= Scope
(Func
);
8642 -- The function's return subtype must be defined using
8643 -- an access definition.
8645 if Nkind
(Result_Definition
(Parent
(Func
))) =
8648 Func_Typ
:= Directly_Designated_Type
(Etype
(Func
));
8650 -- The return subtype denotes a specific tagged type,
8651 -- in other words, a non class-wide type.
8653 if Is_Tagged_Type
(Func_Typ
)
8654 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Func_Typ
)
8656 Make_Tag_Check
(Actual_Targ_Typ
);
8657 Make_Conversion
:= True;
8663 -- We have generated a tag check for either a class-wide type
8664 -- conversion or for AI05-0073.
8666 if Make_Conversion
then
8671 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
8672 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Target_Type
, Loc
),
8673 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Expression
(N
)));
8675 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Target_Type
);
8679 end Tagged_Conversion
;
8681 -- Case of other access type conversions
8683 elsif Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8684 Apply_Constraint_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
);
8686 -- Case of conversions from a fixed-point type
8688 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
8689 -- the Exp_Fixd package. We ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
8690 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
8691 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
8693 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Operand_Type
)
8694 and then not Conversion_OK
(N
)
8696 -- We should never see universal fixed at this case, since the
8697 -- expansion of the constituent divide or multiply should have
8698 -- eliminated the explicit mention of universal fixed.
8700 pragma Assert
(Operand_Type
/= Universal_Fixed
);
8702 -- Check for special case of the conversion to universal real that
8703 -- occurs as a result of the use of a round attribute. In this case,
8704 -- the real type for the conversion is taken from the target type of
8705 -- the Round attribute and the result must be marked as rounded.
8707 if Target_Type
= Universal_Real
8708 and then Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8709 and then Attribute_Name
(Parent
(N
)) = Name_Round
8711 Set_Rounded_Result
(N
);
8712 Set_Etype
(N
, Etype
(Parent
(N
)));
8715 -- Otherwise do correct fixed-conversion, but skip these if the
8716 -- Conversion_OK flag is set, because from a semantic point of view
8717 -- these are simple integer conversions needing no further processing
8718 -- (the backend will simply treat them as integers).
8720 if not Conversion_OK
(N
) then
8721 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
8722 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Fixed
(N
);
8725 elsif Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
8726 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Integer
(N
);
8729 pragma Assert
(Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Etype
(N
)));
8730 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Float
(N
);
8735 -- Case of conversions to a fixed-point type
8737 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
8738 -- the Exp_Fixd package. Again, ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
8739 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
8740 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
8742 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Target_Type
)
8743 and then not Conversion_OK
(N
)
8745 if Is_Integer_Type
(Operand_Type
) then
8746 Expand_Convert_Integer_To_Fixed
(N
);
8749 pragma Assert
(Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Operand_Type
));
8750 Expand_Convert_Float_To_Fixed
(N
);
8754 -- Case of float-to-integer conversions
8756 -- We also handle float-to-fixed conversions with Conversion_OK set
8757 -- since semantically the fixed-point target is treated as though it
8758 -- were an integer in such cases.
8760 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Operand_Type
)
8762 (Is_Integer_Type
(Target_Type
)
8764 (Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Target_Type
) and then Conversion_OK
(N
)))
8766 -- One more check here, gcc is still not able to do conversions of
8767 -- this type with proper overflow checking, and so gigi is doing an
8768 -- approximation of what is required by doing floating-point compares
8769 -- with the end-point. But that can lose precision in some cases, and
8770 -- give a wrong result. Converting the operand to Universal_Real is
8771 -- helpful, but still does not catch all cases with 64-bit integers
8772 -- on targets with only 64-bit floats.
8774 -- The above comment seems obsoleted by Apply_Float_Conversion_Check
8775 -- Can this code be removed ???
8777 if Do_Range_Check
(Operand
) then
8779 Make_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
8781 New_Occurrence_Of
(Universal_Real
, Loc
),
8783 Relocate_Node
(Operand
)));
8785 Set_Etype
(Operand
, Universal_Real
);
8786 Enable_Range_Check
(Operand
);
8787 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Expression
(Operand
), False);
8790 -- Case of array conversions
8792 -- Expansion of array conversions, add required length/range checks but
8793 -- only do this if there is no change of representation. For handling of
8794 -- this case, see Handle_Changed_Representation.
8796 elsif Is_Array_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8797 if Is_Constrained
(Target_Type
) then
8798 Apply_Length_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
);
8800 Apply_Range_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
);
8803 Handle_Changed_Representation
;
8805 -- Case of conversions of discriminated types
8807 -- Add required discriminant checks if target is constrained. Again this
8808 -- change is skipped if we have a change of representation.
8810 elsif Has_Discriminants
(Target_Type
)
8811 and then Is_Constrained
(Target_Type
)
8813 Apply_Discriminant_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
);
8814 Handle_Changed_Representation
;
8816 -- Case of all other record conversions. The only processing required
8817 -- is to check for a change of representation requiring the special
8818 -- assignment processing.
8820 elsif Is_Record_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8822 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when converting from
8823 -- a derived Unchecked_Union type to an unconstrained type that is
8824 -- not Unchecked_Union if the operand lacks inferable discriminants.
8826 if Is_Derived_Type
(Operand_Type
)
8827 and then Is_Unchecked_Union
(Base_Type
(Operand_Type
))
8828 and then not Is_Constrained
(Target_Type
)
8829 and then not Is_Unchecked_Union
(Base_Type
(Target_Type
))
8830 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Operand
)
8832 -- To prevent Gigi from generating illegal code, we generate a
8833 -- Program_Error node, but we give it the target type of the
8837 PE
: constant Node_Id
:= Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
8838 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
);
8841 Set_Etype
(PE
, Target_Type
);
8846 Handle_Changed_Representation
;
8849 -- Case of conversions of enumeration types
8851 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8853 -- Special processing is required if there is a change of
8854 -- representation (from enumeration representation clauses).
8856 if not Same_Representation
(Target_Type
, Operand_Type
) then
8858 -- Convert: x(y) to x'val (ytyp'val (y))
8861 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
8862 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Target_Type
, Loc
),
8863 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Val
,
8864 Expressions
=> New_List
(
8865 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
8866 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Operand_Type
, Loc
),
8867 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Pos
,
8868 Expressions
=> New_List
(Operand
)))));
8870 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Target_Type
);
8873 -- Case of conversions to floating-point
8875 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8879 -- At this stage, either the conversion node has been transformed into
8880 -- some other equivalent expression, or left as a conversion that can be
8881 -- handled by Gigi, in the following cases:
8883 -- Conversions with no change of representation or type
8885 -- Numeric conversions involving integer, floating- and fixed-point
8886 -- values. Fixed-point values are allowed only if Conversion_OK is
8887 -- set, i.e. if the fixed-point values are to be treated as integers.
8889 -- No other conversions should be passed to Gigi
8891 -- Check: are these rules stated in sinfo??? if so, why restate here???
8893 -- The only remaining step is to generate a range check if we still have
8894 -- a type conversion at this stage and Do_Range_Check is set. For now we
8895 -- do this only for conversions of discrete types.
8897 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Type_Conversion
8898 and then Is_Discrete_Type
(Etype
(N
))
8901 Expr
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
8906 if Do_Range_Check
(Expr
)
8907 and then Is_Discrete_Type
(Etype
(Expr
))
8909 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Expr
, False);
8911 -- Before we do a range check, we have to deal with treating a
8912 -- fixed-point operand as an integer. The way we do this is
8913 -- simply to do an unchecked conversion to an appropriate
8914 -- integer type large enough to hold the result.
8916 -- This code is not active yet, because we are only dealing
8917 -- with discrete types so far ???
8919 if Nkind
(Expr
) in N_Has_Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
8920 and then Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
(Expr
)
8922 Ftyp
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Expr
));
8924 if Esize
(Ftyp
) >= Esize
(Standard_Integer
) then
8925 Ityp
:= Standard_Long_Long_Integer
;
8927 Ityp
:= Standard_Integer
;
8930 Rewrite
(Expr
, Unchecked_Convert_To
(Ityp
, Expr
));
8933 -- Reset overflow flag, since the range check will include
8934 -- dealing with possible overflow, and generate the check. If
8935 -- Address is either a source type or target type, suppress
8936 -- range check to avoid typing anomalies when it is a visible
8939 Set_Do_Overflow_Check
(N
, False);
8940 if not Is_Descendent_Of_Address
(Etype
(Expr
))
8941 and then not Is_Descendent_Of_Address
(Target_Type
)
8943 Generate_Range_Check
8944 (Expr
, Target_Type
, CE_Range_Check_Failed
);
8950 -- Final step, if the result is a type conversion involving Vax_Float
8951 -- types, then it is subject for further special processing.
8953 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Type_Conversion
8954 and then (Vax_Float
(Operand_Type
) or else Vax_Float
(Target_Type
))
8956 Expand_Vax_Conversion
(N
);
8960 -- Here at end of processing
8963 -- Apply predicate check if required. Note that we can't just call
8964 -- Apply_Predicate_Check here, because the type looks right after
8965 -- the conversion and it would omit the check. The Comes_From_Source
8966 -- guard is necessary to prevent infinite recursions when we generate
8967 -- internal conversions for the purpose of checking predicates.
8969 if Present
(Predicate_Function
(Target_Type
))
8970 and then Target_Type
/= Operand_Type
8971 and then Comes_From_Source
(N
)
8974 Make_Predicate_Check
(Target_Type
, Duplicate_Subexpr
(N
)));
8976 end Expand_N_Type_Conversion
;
8978 -----------------------------------
8979 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression --
8980 -----------------------------------
8982 -- Remove the unchecked expression node from the tree. Its job was simply
8983 -- to make sure that its constituent expression was handled with checks
8984 -- off, and now that that is done, we can remove it from the tree, and
8985 -- indeed must, since Gigi does not expect to see these nodes.
8987 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
) is
8988 Exp
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
8990 Set_Assignment_OK
(Exp
, Assignment_OK
(N
) or else Assignment_OK
(Exp
));
8992 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression
;
8994 ----------------------------------------
8995 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion --
8996 ----------------------------------------
8998 -- If this cannot be handled by Gigi and we haven't already made a
8999 -- temporary for it, do it now.
9001 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
(N
: Node_Id
) is
9002 Target_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
9003 Operand
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
9004 Operand_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Operand
);
9007 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
9008 -- the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
9009 -- an Assignment_OK indication which must be propagated to the operand.
9011 if Operand_Type
= Target_Type
then
9013 -- Code duplicates Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression above, factor???
9015 if Assignment_OK
(N
) then
9016 Set_Assignment_OK
(Operand
);
9019 Rewrite
(N
, Relocate_Node
(Operand
));
9023 -- If we have a conversion of a compile time known value to a target
9024 -- type and the value is in range of the target type, then we can simply
9025 -- replace the construct by an integer literal of the correct type. We
9026 -- only apply this to integer types being converted. Possibly it may
9027 -- apply in other cases, but it is too much trouble to worry about.
9029 -- Note that we do not do this transformation if the Kill_Range_Check
9030 -- flag is set, since then the value may be outside the expected range.
9031 -- This happens in the Normalize_Scalars case.
9033 -- We also skip this if either the target or operand type is biased
9034 -- because in this case, the unchecked conversion is supposed to
9035 -- preserve the bit pattern, not the integer value.
9037 if Is_Integer_Type
(Target_Type
)
9038 and then not Has_Biased_Representation
(Target_Type
)
9039 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Operand_Type
)
9040 and then not Has_Biased_Representation
(Operand_Type
)
9041 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Operand
)
9042 and then not Kill_Range_Check
(N
)
9045 Val
: constant Uint
:= Expr_Value
(Operand
);
9048 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Type_Low_Bound
(Target_Type
))
9050 Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Type_High_Bound
(Target_Type
))
9052 Val
>= Expr_Value
(Type_Low_Bound
(Target_Type
))
9054 Val
<= Expr_Value
(Type_High_Bound
(Target_Type
))
9056 Rewrite
(N
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Sloc
(N
), Val
));
9058 -- If Address is the target type, just set the type to avoid a
9059 -- spurious type error on the literal when Address is a visible
9062 if Is_Descendent_Of_Address
(Target_Type
) then
9063 Set_Etype
(N
, Target_Type
);
9065 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Target_Type
);
9073 -- Nothing to do if conversion is safe
9075 if Safe_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
(N
) then
9079 -- Otherwise force evaluation unless Assignment_OK flag is set (this
9080 -- flag indicates ??? -- more comments needed here)
9082 if Assignment_OK
(N
) then
9085 Force_Evaluation
(N
);
9087 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
;
9089 ----------------------------
9090 -- Expand_Record_Equality --
9091 ----------------------------
9093 -- For non-variant records, Equality is expanded when needed into:
9095 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
9097 -- and then Lhs.Discrn = Rhs.Discrn
9098 -- and then Lhs.Cmp1 = Rhs.Cmp1
9100 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
9102 -- The expression is folded by the back-end for adjacent fields. This
9103 -- function is called for tagged record in only one occasion: for imple-
9104 -- menting predefined primitive equality (see Predefined_Primitives_Bodies)
9105 -- otherwise the primitive "=" is used directly.
9107 function Expand_Record_Equality
9112 Bodies
: List_Id
) return Node_Id
9114 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Nod
);
9119 First_Time
: Boolean := True;
9121 function Suitable_Element
(C
: Entity_Id
) return Entity_Id
;
9122 -- Return the first field to compare beginning with C, skipping the
9123 -- inherited components.
9125 ----------------------
9126 -- Suitable_Element --
9127 ----------------------
9129 function Suitable_Element
(C
: Entity_Id
) return Entity_Id
is
9134 elsif Ekind
(C
) /= E_Discriminant
9135 and then Ekind
(C
) /= E_Component
9137 return Suitable_Element
(Next_Entity
(C
));
9139 elsif Is_Tagged_Type
(Typ
)
9140 and then C
/= Original_Record_Component
(C
)
9142 return Suitable_Element
(Next_Entity
(C
));
9144 elsif Chars
(C
) = Name_uController
9145 or else Chars
(C
) = Name_uTag
9147 return Suitable_Element
(Next_Entity
(C
));
9149 elsif Is_Interface
(Etype
(C
)) then
9150 return Suitable_Element
(Next_Entity
(C
));
9155 end Suitable_Element
;
9157 -- Start of processing for Expand_Record_Equality
9160 -- Generates the following code: (assuming that Typ has one Discr and
9161 -- component C2 is also a record)
9164 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
9165 -- and then Lhs.C1 = Rhs.C1
9166 -- and then Lhs.C2.C1=Rhs.C2.C1 and then ... Lhs.C2.Cn=Rhs.C2.Cn
9168 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
9170 Result
:= New_Reference_To
(Standard_True
, Loc
);
9171 C
:= Suitable_Element
(First_Entity
(Typ
));
9172 while Present
(C
) loop
9180 First_Time
:= False;
9184 New_Lhs
:= New_Copy_Tree
(Lhs
);
9185 New_Rhs
:= New_Copy_Tree
(Rhs
);
9189 Expand_Composite_Equality
(Nod
, Etype
(C
),
9191 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
9193 Selector_Name
=> New_Reference_To
(C
, Loc
)),
9195 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
9197 Selector_Name
=> New_Reference_To
(C
, Loc
)),
9200 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole
9201 -- operation will raise program error.
9203 if Nkind
(Check
) = N_Raise_Program_Error
then
9205 Set_Etype
(Result
, Standard_Boolean
);
9210 Left_Opnd
=> Result
,
9211 Right_Opnd
=> Check
);
9215 C
:= Suitable_Element
(Next_Entity
(C
));
9219 end Expand_Record_Equality
;
9221 -----------------------------------
9222 -- Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator --
9223 -----------------------------------
9225 -- Deal with special expansion if actions are present for the right operand
9226 -- and deal with optimizing case of arguments being True or False. We also
9227 -- deal with the special case of non-standard boolean values.
9229 procedure Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator
(N
: Node_Id
) is
9230 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
9231 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
9232 Left
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
9233 Right
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
9234 LocR
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Right
);
9237 Shortcut_Value
: constant Boolean := Nkind
(N
) = N_Or_Else
;
9238 Shortcut_Ent
: constant Entity_Id
:= Boolean_Literals
(Shortcut_Value
);
9239 -- If Left = Shortcut_Value then Right need not be evaluated
9241 function Make_Test_Expr
(Opnd
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
9242 -- For Opnd a boolean expression, return a Boolean expression equivalent
9243 -- to Opnd /= Shortcut_Value.
9245 --------------------
9246 -- Make_Test_Expr --
9247 --------------------
9249 function Make_Test_Expr
(Opnd
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
is
9251 if Shortcut_Value
then
9252 return Make_Op_Not
(Sloc
(Opnd
), Opnd
);
9259 -- Entity for a temporary variable holding the value of the operator,
9260 -- used for expansion in the case where actions are present.
9262 -- Start of processing for Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator
9265 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
9267 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ
) then
9268 Adjust_Condition
(Left
);
9269 Adjust_Condition
(Right
);
9270 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
9273 -- Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
9275 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Left
) then
9277 -- Mark SCO for left condition as compile time known
9279 if Generate_SCO
and then Comes_From_Source
(Left
) then
9280 Set_SCO_Condition
(Left
, Expr_Value_E
(Left
) = Standard_True
);
9283 -- Rewrite True AND THEN Right / False OR ELSE Right to Right.
9284 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
9285 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
9287 if Expr_Value_E
(Left
) /= Shortcut_Ent
then
9288 if Present
(Actions
(N
)) then
9289 Insert_Actions
(N
, Actions
(N
));
9294 -- Rewrite False AND THEN Right / True OR ELSE Right to Left.
9295 -- In this case we can forget the actions associated with Right,
9296 -- since they will never be executed.
9299 Kill_Dead_Code
(Right
);
9300 Kill_Dead_Code
(Actions
(N
));
9301 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Shortcut_Ent
, Loc
));
9304 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
9308 -- If Actions are present for the right operand, we have to do some
9309 -- special processing. We can't just let these actions filter back into
9310 -- code preceding the short circuit (which is what would have happened
9311 -- if we had not trapped them in the short-circuit form), since they
9312 -- must only be executed if the right operand of the short circuit is
9313 -- executed and not otherwise.
9315 -- the temporary variable C.
9317 if Present
(Actions
(N
)) then
9318 Actlist
:= Actions
(N
);
9320 -- The old approach is to expand:
9322 -- left AND THEN right
9326 -- C : Boolean := False;
9334 -- and finally rewrite the operator into a reference to C. Similarly
9335 -- for left OR ELSE right, with negated values. Note that this
9336 -- rewrite causes some difficulties for coverage analysis because
9337 -- of the introduction of the new variable C, which obscures the
9338 -- structure of the test.
9340 -- We use this "old approach" if use of N_Expression_With_Actions
9341 -- is False (see description in Opt of when this is or is not set).
9343 if not Use_Expression_With_Actions
then
9344 Op_Var
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'C', Related_Node
=> N
);
9347 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
9348 Defining_Identifier
=>
9350 Object_Definition
=>
9351 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_Boolean
, Loc
),
9353 New_Occurrence_Of
(Shortcut_Ent
, Loc
)));
9356 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Right
,
9357 Condition
=> Make_Test_Expr
(Right
),
9358 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
9359 Make_Assignment_Statement
(LocR
,
9360 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Op_Var
, LocR
),
9363 (Boolean_Literals
(not Shortcut_Value
), LocR
)))));
9366 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Left
,
9367 Condition
=> Make_Test_Expr
(Left
),
9368 Then_Statements
=> Actlist
));
9370 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Op_Var
, Loc
));
9371 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
9373 -- The new approach, activated for now by the use of debug flag
9374 -- -gnatd.X is to use the new Expression_With_Actions node for the
9375 -- right operand of the short-circuit form. This should solve the
9376 -- traceability problems for coverage analysis.
9380 Make_Expression_With_Actions
(LocR
,
9381 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Right
),
9382 Actions
=> Actlist
));
9383 Set_Actions
(N
, No_List
);
9384 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Right
, Standard_Boolean
);
9387 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
9391 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
9393 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right
) then
9395 -- Mark SCO for left condition as compile time known
9397 if Generate_SCO
and then Comes_From_Source
(Right
) then
9398 Set_SCO_Condition
(Right
, Expr_Value_E
(Right
) = Standard_True
);
9401 -- Change (Left and then True), (Left or else False) to Left.
9402 -- Note that we know there are no actions associated with the right
9403 -- operand, since we just checked for this case above.
9405 if Expr_Value_E
(Right
) /= Shortcut_Ent
then
9408 -- Change (Left and then False), (Left or else True) to Right,
9409 -- making sure to preserve any side effects associated with the Left
9413 Remove_Side_Effects
(Left
);
9414 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Shortcut_Ent
, Loc
));
9418 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
9419 end Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator
;
9421 -------------------------------------
9422 -- Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation --
9423 -------------------------------------
9425 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation
(N
: Node_Id
) is
9426 Conv
: constant Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
9429 -- We must have a type conversion immediately above us
9431 pragma Assert
(Nkind
(Conv
) = N_Type_Conversion
);
9433 -- Normally the type conversion gives our target type. The exception
9434 -- occurs in the case of the Round attribute, where the conversion
9435 -- will be to universal real, and our real type comes from the Round
9436 -- attribute (as well as an indication that we must round the result)
9438 if Nkind
(Parent
(Conv
)) = N_Attribute_Reference
9439 and then Attribute_Name
(Parent
(Conv
)) = Name_Round
9441 Set_Etype
(N
, Etype
(Parent
(Conv
)));
9442 Set_Rounded_Result
(N
);
9444 -- Normal case where type comes from conversion above us
9447 Set_Etype
(N
, Etype
(Conv
));
9449 end Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation
;
9451 ------------------------------
9452 -- Get_Allocator_Final_List --
9453 ------------------------------
9455 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
9458 PtrT
: Entity_Id
) return Entity_Id
9460 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
9462 Owner
: Entity_Id
:= PtrT
;
9463 -- The entity whose finalization list must be used to attach the
9464 -- allocated object.
9467 if Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
then
9469 -- If the context is an access parameter, we need to create a
9470 -- non-anonymous access type in order to have a usable final list,
9471 -- because there is otherwise no pool to which the allocated object
9472 -- can belong. We create both the type and the finalization chain
9473 -- here, because freezing an internal type does not create such a
9474 -- chain. The Final_Chain that is thus created is shared by the
9475 -- access parameter. The access type is tested against the result
9476 -- type of the function to exclude allocators whose type is an
9477 -- anonymous access result type. We freeze the type at once to
9478 -- ensure that it is properly decorated for the back-end, even
9479 -- if the context and current scope is a loop.
9481 if Nkind
(Associated_Node_For_Itype
(PtrT
))
9482 in N_Subprogram_Specification
9485 Etype
(Defining_Unit_Name
(Associated_Node_For_Itype
(PtrT
)))
9487 Owner
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'J');
9489 Make_Full_Type_Declaration
(Loc
,
9490 Defining_Identifier
=> Owner
,
9492 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition
(Loc
,
9493 Subtype_Indication
=>
9494 New_Occurrence_Of
(T
, Loc
))));
9496 Freeze_Before
(N
, Owner
);
9497 Build_Final_List
(N
, Owner
);
9498 Set_Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
, Associated_Final_Chain
(Owner
));
9500 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the context is a return object
9501 -- declaration, then the anonymous return subtype is defined to have
9502 -- the same accessibility level as that of the function's result
9503 -- subtype, which means that we want the scope where the function is
9506 elsif Nkind
(Associated_Node_For_Itype
(PtrT
)) = N_Object_Declaration
9507 and then Ekind
(Scope
(PtrT
)) = E_Return_Statement
9509 Owner
:= Scope
(Return_Applies_To
(Scope
(PtrT
)));
9511 -- Case of an access discriminant, or (Ada 2005) of an anonymous
9512 -- access component or anonymous access function result: find the
9513 -- final list associated with the scope of the type. (In the
9514 -- anonymous access component kind, a list controller will have
9515 -- been allocated when freezing the record type, and PtrT has an
9516 -- Associated_Final_Chain attribute designating it.)
9518 elsif No
(Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
)) then
9519 Owner
:= Scope
(PtrT
);
9523 return Find_Final_List
(Owner
);
9524 end Get_Allocator_Final_List
;
9526 ---------------------------------
9527 -- Has_Inferable_Discriminants --
9528 ---------------------------------
9530 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
9532 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
9533 -- Determines whether the left-most prefix of a selected component is a
9534 -- formal parameter in a subprogram. Assumes N is a selected component.
9536 --------------------------------
9537 -- Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter --
9538 --------------------------------
9540 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
9541 Sel_Comp
: Node_Id
:= N
;
9544 -- Move to the left-most prefix by climbing up the tree
9546 while Present
(Parent
(Sel_Comp
))
9547 and then Nkind
(Parent
(Sel_Comp
)) = N_Selected_Component
9549 Sel_Comp
:= Parent
(Sel_Comp
);
9552 return Ekind
(Entity
(Prefix
(Sel_Comp
))) in Formal_Kind
;
9553 end Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter
;
9555 -- Start of processing for Has_Inferable_Discriminants
9558 -- For identifiers and indexed components, it is sufficient to have a
9559 -- constrained Unchecked_Union nominal subtype.
9561 if Nkind_In
(N
, N_Identifier
, N_Indexed_Component
) then
9562 return Is_Unchecked_Union
(Base_Type
(Etype
(N
)))
9564 Is_Constrained
(Etype
(N
));
9566 -- For selected components, the subtype of the selector must be a
9567 -- constrained Unchecked_Union. If the component is subject to a
9568 -- per-object constraint, then the enclosing object must have inferable
9571 elsif Nkind
(N
) = N_Selected_Component
then
9572 if Has_Per_Object_Constraint
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(N
))) then
9574 -- A small hack. If we have a per-object constrained selected
9575 -- component of a formal parameter, return True since we do not
9576 -- know the actual parameter association yet.
9578 if Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter
(N
) then
9582 -- Otherwise, check the enclosing object and the selector
9584 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Prefix
(N
))
9586 Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Selector_Name
(N
));
9589 -- The call to Has_Inferable_Discriminants will determine whether
9590 -- the selector has a constrained Unchecked_Union nominal type.
9592 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Selector_Name
(N
));
9594 -- A qualified expression has inferable discriminants if its subtype
9595 -- mark is a constrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
9597 elsif Nkind
(N
) = N_Qualified_Expression
then
9598 return Is_Unchecked_Union
(Subtype_Mark
(N
))
9600 Is_Constrained
(Subtype_Mark
(N
));
9605 end Has_Inferable_Discriminants
;
9607 -------------------------------
9608 -- Insert_Dereference_Action --
9609 -------------------------------
9611 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action
(N
: Node_Id
) is
9612 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
9613 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
9614 Pool
: constant Entity_Id
:= Associated_Storage_Pool
(Typ
);
9615 Pnod
: constant Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
9617 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool
(P
: Entity_Id
) return Boolean;
9618 -- Return true if type of P is derived from Checked_Pool;
9620 -----------------------------
9621 -- Is_Checked_Storage_Pool --
9622 -----------------------------
9624 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool
(P
: Entity_Id
) return Boolean is
9633 while T
/= Etype
(T
) loop
9634 if Is_RTE
(T
, RE_Checked_Pool
) then
9642 end Is_Checked_Storage_Pool
;
9644 -- Start of processing for Insert_Dereference_Action
9647 pragma Assert
(Nkind
(Pnod
) = N_Explicit_Dereference
);
9649 if not (Is_Checked_Storage_Pool
(Pool
)
9650 and then Comes_From_Source
(Original_Node
(Pnod
)))
9656 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
9657 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(
9658 Find_Prim_Op
(Etype
(Pool
), Name_Dereference
), Loc
),
9660 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
9664 New_Reference_To
(Pool
, Loc
),
9666 -- Storage_Address. We use the attribute Pool_Address, which uses
9667 -- the pointer itself to find the address of the object, and which
9668 -- handles unconstrained arrays properly by computing the address
9669 -- of the template. i.e. the correct address of the corresponding
9672 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9673 Prefix
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks
(N
),
9674 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Pool_Address
),
9676 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements
9678 Make_Op_Divide
(Loc
,
9680 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9682 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
9683 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks
(N
)),
9684 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Size
),
9686 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, System_Storage_Unit
)),
9690 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9692 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
9693 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks
(N
)),
9694 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Alignment
))));
9697 when RE_Not_Available
=>
9699 end Insert_Dereference_Action
;
9701 --------------------------------
9702 -- Integer_Promotion_Possible --
9703 --------------------------------
9705 function Integer_Promotion_Possible
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
9706 Operand
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
9707 Operand_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Operand
);
9708 Root_Operand_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Root_Type
(Operand_Type
);
9711 pragma Assert
(Nkind
(N
) = N_Type_Conversion
);
9715 -- We only do the transformation for source constructs. We assume
9716 -- that the expander knows what it is doing when it generates code.
9718 Comes_From_Source
(N
)
9720 -- If the operand type is Short_Integer or Short_Short_Integer,
9721 -- then we will promote to Integer, which is available on all
9722 -- targets, and is sufficient to ensure no intermediate overflow.
9723 -- Furthermore it is likely to be as efficient or more efficient
9724 -- than using the smaller type for the computation so we do this
9728 (Root_Operand_Type
= Base_Type
(Standard_Short_Integer
)
9730 Root_Operand_Type
= Base_Type
(Standard_Short_Short_Integer
))
9732 -- Test for interesting operation, which includes addition,
9733 -- division, exponentiation, multiplication, subtraction, absolute
9734 -- value and unary negation. Unary "+" is omitted since it is a
9735 -- no-op and thus can't overflow.
9737 and then Nkind_In
(Operand
, N_Op_Abs
,
9744 end Integer_Promotion_Possible
;
9746 ------------------------------
9747 -- Make_Array_Comparison_Op --
9748 ------------------------------
9750 -- This is a hand-coded expansion of the following generic function:
9753 -- type elem is (<>);
9754 -- type index is (<>);
9755 -- type a is array (index range <>) of elem;
9757 -- function Gnnn (X : a; Y: a) return boolean is
9758 -- J : index := Y'first;
9761 -- if X'length = 0 then
9764 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
9768 -- for I in X'range loop
9769 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
9770 -- if J = Y'last then
9773 -- J := index'succ (J);
9777 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
9781 -- return X'length > Y'length;
9785 -- Note that since we are essentially doing this expansion by hand, we
9786 -- do not need to generate an actual or formal generic part, just the
9787 -- instantiated function itself.
9789 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
9791 Nod
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
9793 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Nod
);
9795 X
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uX
);
9796 Y
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uY
);
9797 I
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uI
);
9798 J
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uJ
);
9800 Index
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(First_Index
(Typ
)));
9802 Loop_Statement
: Node_Id
;
9803 Loop_Body
: Node_Id
;
9806 Final_Expr
: Node_Id
;
9807 Func_Body
: Node_Id
;
9808 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
9814 -- if J = Y'last then
9817 -- J := index'succ (J);
9821 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
9824 Left_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
),
9826 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9827 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9828 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Last
)),
9830 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
9831 Make_Exit_Statement
(Loc
)),
9835 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
9836 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
),
9838 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9839 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Index
, Loc
),
9840 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Succ
,
9841 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
))))));
9843 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
9846 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
9850 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
9854 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9855 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(X
, Loc
),
9856 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(I
, Loc
))),
9859 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9860 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9861 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)))),
9863 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(Inner_If
),
9865 Else_Statements
=> New_List
(
9866 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
9870 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9871 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(X
, Loc
),
9872 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(I
, Loc
))),
9875 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9876 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9877 Expressions
=> New_List
(
9878 New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)))))));
9880 -- for I in X'range loop
9885 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement
(Nod
,
9886 Identifier
=> Empty
,
9889 Make_Iteration_Scheme
(Loc
,
9890 Loop_Parameter_Specification
=>
9891 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
9892 Defining_Identifier
=> I
,
9893 Discrete_Subtype_Definition
=>
9894 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9895 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(X
, Loc
),
9896 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Range
))),
9898 Statements
=> New_List
(Loop_Body
));
9900 -- if X'length = 0 then
9902 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
9905 -- for ... loop ... end loop;
9906 -- return X'length > Y'length;
9910 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9911 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(X
, Loc
),
9912 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
);
9915 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9916 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9917 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
);
9921 Left_Opnd
=> Length1
,
9922 Right_Opnd
=> Length2
);
9925 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
9929 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9930 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(X
, Loc
),
9931 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
),
9933 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0)),
9937 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
9938 Expression
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_False
, Loc
))),
9940 Elsif_Parts
=> New_List
(
9941 Make_Elsif_Part
(Loc
,
9945 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9946 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9947 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
),
9949 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0)),
9953 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
9954 Expression
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_True
, Loc
))))),
9956 Else_Statements
=> New_List
(
9958 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
9959 Expression
=> Final_Expr
)));
9963 Formals
:= New_List
(
9964 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
9965 Defining_Identifier
=> X
,
9966 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)),
9968 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
9969 Defining_Identifier
=> Y
,
9970 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)));
9972 -- function Gnnn (...) return boolean is
9973 -- J : index := Y'first;
9978 Func_Name
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'G');
9981 Make_Subprogram_Body
(Loc
,
9983 Make_Function_Specification
(Loc
,
9984 Defining_Unit_Name
=> Func_Name
,
9985 Parameter_Specifications
=> Formals
,
9986 Result_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_Boolean
, Loc
)),
9988 Declarations
=> New_List
(
9989 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
9990 Defining_Identifier
=> J
,
9991 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Index
, Loc
),
9993 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9994 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9995 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
))),
9997 Handled_Statement_Sequence
=>
9998 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements
(Loc
,
9999 Statements
=> New_List
(If_Stat
)));
10002 end Make_Array_Comparison_Op
;
10004 ---------------------------
10005 -- Make_Boolean_Array_Op --
10006 ---------------------------
10008 -- For logical operations on boolean arrays, expand in line the following,
10009 -- replacing 'and' with 'or' or 'xor' where needed:
10011 -- function Annn (A : typ; B: typ) return typ is
10014 -- for J in A'range loop
10015 -- C (J) := A (J) op B (J);
10020 -- Here typ is the boolean array type
10022 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
10024 N
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
10026 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
10028 A
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uA
);
10029 B
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uB
);
10030 C
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uC
);
10031 J
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uJ
);
10039 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
10040 Func_Body
: Node_Id
;
10041 Loop_Statement
: Node_Id
;
10045 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
10046 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(A
, Loc
),
10047 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)));
10050 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
10051 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(B
, Loc
),
10052 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)));
10055 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
10056 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(C
, Loc
),
10057 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)));
10059 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Op_And
then
10063 Right_Opnd
=> B_J
);
10065 elsif Nkind
(N
) = N_Op_Or
then
10069 Right_Opnd
=> B_J
);
10075 Right_Opnd
=> B_J
);
10079 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement
(N
,
10080 Identifier
=> Empty
,
10082 Iteration_Scheme
=>
10083 Make_Iteration_Scheme
(Loc
,
10084 Loop_Parameter_Specification
=>
10085 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
10086 Defining_Identifier
=> J
,
10087 Discrete_Subtype_Definition
=>
10088 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
10089 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(A
, Loc
),
10090 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Range
))),
10092 Statements
=> New_List
(
10093 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
10095 Expression
=> Op
)));
10097 Formals
:= New_List
(
10098 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
10099 Defining_Identifier
=> A
,
10100 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)),
10102 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
10103 Defining_Identifier
=> B
,
10104 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)));
10106 Func_Name
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'A');
10107 Set_Is_Inlined
(Func_Name
);
10110 Make_Subprogram_Body
(Loc
,
10112 Make_Function_Specification
(Loc
,
10113 Defining_Unit_Name
=> Func_Name
,
10114 Parameter_Specifications
=> Formals
,
10115 Result_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)),
10117 Declarations
=> New_List
(
10118 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
10119 Defining_Identifier
=> C
,
10120 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
))),
10122 Handled_Statement_Sequence
=>
10123 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements
(Loc
,
10124 Statements
=> New_List
(
10126 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
10127 Expression
=> New_Reference_To
(C
, Loc
)))));
10130 end Make_Boolean_Array_Op
;
10132 ------------------------
10133 -- Rewrite_Comparison --
10134 ------------------------
10136 procedure Rewrite_Comparison
(N
: Node_Id
) is
10137 Warning_Generated
: Boolean := False;
10138 -- Set to True if first pass with Assume_Valid generates a warning in
10139 -- which case we skip the second pass to avoid warning overloaded.
10142 -- Set to Standard_True or Standard_False
10145 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Type_Conversion
then
10146 Rewrite_Comparison
(Expression
(N
));
10149 elsif Nkind
(N
) not in N_Op_Compare
then
10153 -- Now start looking at the comparison in detail. We potentially go
10154 -- through this loop twice. The first time, Assume_Valid is set False
10155 -- in the call to Compile_Time_Compare. If this call results in a
10156 -- clear result of always True or Always False, that's decisive and
10157 -- we are done. Otherwise we repeat the processing with Assume_Valid
10158 -- set to True to generate additional warnings. We can skip that step
10159 -- if Constant_Condition_Warnings is False.
10161 for AV
in False .. True loop
10163 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
10164 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
10165 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
10167 Res
: constant Compare_Result
:=
10168 Compile_Time_Compare
(Op1
, Op2
, Assume_Valid
=> AV
);
10169 -- Res indicates if compare outcome can be compile time determined
10171 True_Result
: Boolean;
10172 False_Result
: Boolean;
10175 case N_Op_Compare
(Nkind
(N
)) is
10177 True_Result
:= Res
= EQ
;
10178 False_Result
:= Res
= LT
or else Res
= GT
or else Res
= NE
;
10181 True_Result
:= Res
in Compare_GE
;
10182 False_Result
:= Res
= LT
;
10185 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
10186 and then Comes_From_Source
(Original_Node
(N
))
10187 and then Nkind
(Original_Node
(N
)) = N_Op_Ge
10188 and then not In_Instance
10189 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
)))
10190 and then not Has_Warnings_Off
(Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
)))
10193 ("can never be greater than, could replace by ""'=""?", N
);
10194 Warning_Generated
:= True;
10198 True_Result
:= Res
= GT
;
10199 False_Result
:= Res
in Compare_LE
;
10202 True_Result
:= Res
= LT
;
10203 False_Result
:= Res
in Compare_GE
;
10206 True_Result
:= Res
in Compare_LE
;
10207 False_Result
:= Res
= GT
;
10210 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
10211 and then Comes_From_Source
(Original_Node
(N
))
10212 and then Nkind
(Original_Node
(N
)) = N_Op_Le
10213 and then not In_Instance
10214 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
)))
10215 and then not Has_Warnings_Off
(Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
)))
10218 ("can never be less than, could replace by ""'=""?", N
);
10219 Warning_Generated
:= True;
10223 True_Result
:= Res
= NE
or else Res
= GT
or else Res
= LT
;
10224 False_Result
:= Res
= EQ
;
10227 -- If this is the first iteration, then we actually convert the
10228 -- comparison into True or False, if the result is certain.
10231 if True_Result
or False_Result
then
10232 if True_Result
then
10233 Result
:= Standard_True
;
10235 Result
:= Standard_False
;
10240 New_Occurrence_Of
(Result
, Sloc
(N
))));
10241 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
10242 Warn_On_Known_Condition
(N
);
10246 -- If this is the second iteration (AV = True), and the original
10247 -- node comes from source and we are not in an instance, then give
10248 -- a warning if we know result would be True or False. Note: we
10249 -- know Constant_Condition_Warnings is set if we get here.
10251 elsif Comes_From_Source
(Original_Node
(N
))
10252 and then not In_Instance
10254 if True_Result
then
10256 ("condition can only be False if invalid values present?",
10258 elsif False_Result
then
10260 ("condition can only be True if invalid values present?",
10266 -- Skip second iteration if not warning on constant conditions or
10267 -- if the first iteration already generated a warning of some kind or
10268 -- if we are in any case assuming all values are valid (so that the
10269 -- first iteration took care of the valid case).
10271 exit when not Constant_Condition_Warnings
;
10272 exit when Warning_Generated
;
10273 exit when Assume_No_Invalid_Values
;
10275 end Rewrite_Comparison
;
10277 ----------------------------
10278 -- Safe_In_Place_Array_Op --
10279 ----------------------------
10281 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
10284 Op2
: Node_Id
) return Boolean
10286 Target
: Entity_Id
;
10288 function Is_Safe_Operand
(Op
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
10289 -- Operand is safe if it cannot overlap part of the target of the
10290 -- operation. If the operand and the target are identical, the operand
10291 -- is safe. The operand can be empty in the case of negation.
10293 function Is_Unaliased
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
10294 -- Check that N is a stand-alone entity
10300 function Is_Unaliased
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
10304 and then No
(Address_Clause
(Entity
(N
)))
10305 and then No
(Renamed_Object
(Entity
(N
)));
10308 ---------------------
10309 -- Is_Safe_Operand --
10310 ---------------------
10312 function Is_Safe_Operand
(Op
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
10317 elsif Is_Entity_Name
(Op
) then
10318 return Is_Unaliased
(Op
);
10320 elsif Nkind_In
(Op
, N_Indexed_Component
, N_Selected_Component
) then
10321 return Is_Unaliased
(Prefix
(Op
));
10323 elsif Nkind
(Op
) = N_Slice
then
10325 Is_Unaliased
(Prefix
(Op
))
10326 and then Entity
(Prefix
(Op
)) /= Target
;
10328 elsif Nkind
(Op
) = N_Op_Not
then
10329 return Is_Safe_Operand
(Right_Opnd
(Op
));
10334 end Is_Safe_Operand
;
10336 -- Start of processing for Is_Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
10339 -- Skip this processing if the component size is different from system
10340 -- storage unit (since at least for NOT this would cause problems).
10342 if Component_Size
(Etype
(Lhs
)) /= System_Storage_Unit
then
10345 -- Cannot do in place stuff on VM_Target since cannot pass addresses
10347 elsif VM_Target
/= No_VM
then
10350 -- Cannot do in place stuff if non-standard Boolean representation
10352 elsif Has_Non_Standard_Rep
(Component_Type
(Etype
(Lhs
))) then
10355 elsif not Is_Unaliased
(Lhs
) then
10359 Target
:= Entity
(Lhs
);
10360 return Is_Safe_Operand
(Op1
) and then Is_Safe_Operand
(Op2
);
10362 end Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
;
10364 -----------------------
10365 -- Tagged_Membership --
10366 -----------------------
10368 -- There are two different cases to consider depending on whether the right
10369 -- operand is a class-wide type or not. If not we just compare the actual
10370 -- tag of the left expr to the target type tag:
10372 -- Left_Expr.Tag = Right_Type'Tag;
10374 -- If it is a class-wide type we use the RT function CW_Membership which is
10375 -- usually implemented by looking in the ancestor tables contained in the
10376 -- dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
10378 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If it is a class-wide interface type we use the RT
10379 -- function IW_Membership which is usually implemented by looking in the
10380 -- table of abstract interface types plus the ancestor table contained in
10381 -- the dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
10383 procedure Tagged_Membership
10385 SCIL_Node
: out Node_Id
;
10386 Result
: out Node_Id
)
10388 Left
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
10389 Right
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
10390 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
10392 Left_Type
: Entity_Id
;
10393 New_Node
: Node_Id
;
10394 Right_Type
: Entity_Id
;
10398 SCIL_Node
:= Empty
;
10400 -- Handle entities from the limited view
10402 Left_Type
:= Available_View
(Etype
(Left
));
10403 Right_Type
:= Available_View
(Etype
(Right
));
10405 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Left_Type
) then
10406 Left_Type
:= Root_Type
(Left_Type
);
10410 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
10411 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Left
),
10413 New_Reference_To
(First_Tag_Component
(Left_Type
), Loc
));
10415 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Right_Type
) then
10417 -- No need to issue a run-time check if we statically know that the
10418 -- result of this membership test is always true. For example,
10419 -- considering the following declarations:
10421 -- type Iface is interface;
10422 -- type T is tagged null record;
10423 -- type DT is new T and Iface with null record;
10428 -- These membership tests are always true:
10431 -- Obj2 in T'Class;
10432 -- Obj2 in Iface'Class;
10434 -- We do not need to handle cases where the membership is illegal.
10437 -- Obj1 in DT'Class; -- Compile time error
10438 -- Obj1 in Iface'Class; -- Compile time error
10440 if not Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Left_Type
)
10441 and then (Is_Ancestor
(Etype
(Right_Type
), Left_Type
)
10442 or else (Is_Interface
(Etype
(Right_Type
))
10443 and then Interface_Present_In_Ancestor
10445 Iface
=> Etype
(Right_Type
))))
10447 Result
:= New_Reference_To
(Standard_True
, Loc
);
10451 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Class-wide applied to interfaces
10453 if Is_Interface
(Etype
(Class_Wide_Type
(Right_Type
)))
10455 -- Support to: "Iface_CW_Typ in Typ'Class"
10457 or else Is_Interface
(Left_Type
)
10459 -- Issue error if IW_Membership operation not available in a
10460 -- configurable run time setting.
10462 if not RTE_Available
(RE_IW_Membership
) then
10464 ("dynamic membership test on interface types", N
);
10470 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
10471 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(RTE
(RE_IW_Membership
), Loc
),
10472 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
10473 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
10475 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
10478 (Access_Disp_Table
(Root_Type
(Right_Type
)))),
10481 -- Ada 95: Normal case
10484 Build_CW_Membership
(Loc
,
10485 Obj_Tag_Node
=> Obj_Tag
,
10489 (Access_Disp_Table
(Root_Type
(Right_Type
)))),
10492 New_Node
=> New_Node
);
10494 -- Generate the SCIL node for this class-wide membership test.
10495 -- Done here because the previous call to Build_CW_Membership
10496 -- relocates Obj_Tag.
10498 if Generate_SCIL
then
10499 SCIL_Node
:= Make_SCIL_Membership_Test
(Sloc
(N
));
10500 Set_SCIL_Entity
(SCIL_Node
, Etype
(Right_Type
));
10501 Set_SCIL_Tag_Value
(SCIL_Node
, Obj_Tag
);
10504 Result
:= New_Node
;
10507 -- Right_Type is not a class-wide type
10510 -- No need to check the tag of the object if Right_Typ is abstract
10512 if Is_Abstract_Type
(Right_Type
) then
10513 Result
:= New_Reference_To
(Standard_False
, Loc
);
10518 Left_Opnd
=> Obj_Tag
,
10521 (Node
(First_Elmt
(Access_Disp_Table
(Right_Type
))), Loc
));
10524 end Tagged_Membership
;
10526 ------------------------------
10527 -- Unary_Op_Validity_Checks --
10528 ------------------------------
10530 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
: Node_Id
) is
10532 if Validity_Checks_On
and Validity_Check_Operands
then
10533 Ensure_Valid
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
10535 end Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
;